kyush/principia
1
0
Fork 0
forked from mirrors/principia
Code Pull requests Activity Actions

Remove gtk win32 bundle

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Emil Romanus 2022-08-10 14:18:51 +02:00
commit 71154c7c6f
596 changed files with 0 additions and 125905 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

45
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atk-enum-types.h
View file

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_ENUM_TYPES_H__
#define __ATK_ENUM_TYPES_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/* enumerations from "atkhyperlink.h" */
GType atk_hyperlink_state_flags_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK_STATE_FLAGS (atk_hyperlink_state_flags_get_type())
/* enumerations from "atkobject.h" */
GType atk_role_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_ROLE (atk_role_get_type())
GType atk_layer_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_LAYER (atk_layer_get_type())
/* enumerations from "atkrelationtype.h" */
GType atk_relation_type_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_RELATION_TYPE (atk_relation_type_get_type())
/* enumerations from "atkstate.h" */
GType atk_state_type_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE (atk_state_type_get_type())
/* enumerations from "atktext.h" */
GType atk_text_attribute_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_TEXT_ATTRIBUTE (atk_text_attribute_get_type())
GType atk_text_boundary_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_TEXT_BOUNDARY (atk_text_boundary_get_type())
GType atk_text_clip_type_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_TEXT_CLIP_TYPE (atk_text_clip_type_get_type())
/* enumerations from "atkutil.h" */
GType atk_key_event_type_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_KEY_EVENT_TYPE (atk_key_event_type_get_type())
GType atk_coord_type_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_COORD_TYPE (atk_coord_type_get_type())
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_ENUM_TYPES_H__ */

56
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atk.h
View file

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#ifndef __ATK_H__
#define __ATK_H__
#define __ATK_H_INSIDE__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkaction.h>
#include <atk/atkcomponent.h>
#include <atk/atkdocument.h>
#include <atk/atkeditabletext.h>
#include <atk/atkgobjectaccessible.h>
#include <atk/atkhyperlink.h>
#include <atk/atkhyperlinkimpl.h>
#include <atk/atkhypertext.h>
#include <atk/atkimage.h>
#include <atk/atknoopobject.h>
#include <atk/atknoopobjectfactory.h>
#include <atk/atkobjectfactory.h>
#include <atk/atkplug.h>
#include <atk/atkregistry.h>
#include <atk/atkrelation.h>
#include <atk/atkrelationset.h>
#include <atk/atkrelationtype.h>
#include <atk/atkselection.h>
#include <atk/atksocket.h>
#include <atk/atkstate.h>
#include <atk/atkstateset.h>
#include <atk/atkstreamablecontent.h>
#include <atk/atktable.h>
#include <atk/atktext.h>
#include <atk/atkutil.h>
#include <atk/atkmisc.h>
#include <atk/atkvalue.h>
#undef __ATK_H_INSIDE__
#endif /* __ATK_H__ */

111
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkaction.h
View file

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_ACTION_H__
#define __ATK_ACTION_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The interface AtkAction should be supported by any object that can
* perform one or more actions. The interface provides the standard
* mechanism for an assistive technology to determine what those actions
* are as well as tell the object to perform them. Any object that can
* be manipulated should support this interface.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_ACTION (atk_action_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_ACTION(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_ACTION)
#define ATK_ACTION(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_ACTION, AtkAction)
#define ATK_ACTION_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_ACTION, AtkActionIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_ACTION_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_ACTION_
typedef struct _AtkAction AtkAction;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkActionIface AtkActionIface;
struct _AtkActionIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
gboolean (*do_action) (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
gint (*get_n_actions) (AtkAction *action);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (*get_description) (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (*get_name) (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (*get_keybinding) (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
gboolean (*set_description) (AtkAction *action,
gint i,
const gchar *desc);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (*get_localized_name)(AtkAction *action,
gint i);
AtkFunction pad2;
};
GType atk_action_get_type (void);
/*
* These are the function which would be called by an application with
* the argument being a AtkObject object cast to (AtkAction).
*
* The function will just check that * the corresponding
* function pointer is not NULL and will call it.
*
* The "real" implementation of the function for accessible will be
* provided in a support library
*/
gboolean atk_action_do_action (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
gint atk_action_get_n_actions (AtkAction *action);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_action_get_description (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_action_get_name (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_action_get_keybinding (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
gboolean atk_action_set_description (AtkAction *action,
gint i,
const gchar *desc);
/* NEW in ATK 1.1: */
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_action_get_localized_name (AtkAction *action,
gint i);
/*
* Additional GObject properties exported by AtkAction:
* "accessible_action"
* (an accessible action, or the list of actions, has changed)
*/
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_ACTION_H__ */

171
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkcomponent.h
View file

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_COMPONENT_H__
#define __ATK_COMPONENT_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkutil.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkComponent interface should be supported by any object that is
* rendered on the screen. The interface provides the standard mechanism
* for an assistive technology to determine and set the graphical
* representation of an object.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_COMPONENT (atk_component_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_COMPONENT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_COMPONENT)
#define ATK_COMPONENT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_COMPONENT, AtkComponent)
#define ATK_COMPONENT_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_COMPONENT, AtkComponentIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_COMPONENT_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_COMPONENT_
typedef struct _AtkComponent AtkComponent;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkComponentIface AtkComponentIface;
typedef void (*AtkFocusHandler) (AtkObject*, gboolean);
typedef struct _AtkRectangle AtkRectangle;
struct _AtkRectangle
{
gint x;
gint y;
gint width;
gint height;
};
GType atk_rectangle_get_type (void);
#define ATK_TYPE_RECTANGLE (atk_rectangle_get_type ())
struct _AtkComponentIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
guint (* add_focus_handler) (AtkComponent *component,
AtkFocusHandler handler);
gboolean (* contains) (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
AtkObject* (* ref_accessible_at_point) (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
void (* get_extents) (AtkComponent *component,
gint *x,
gint *y,
gint *width,
gint *height,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
void (* get_position) (AtkComponent *component,
gint *x,
gint *y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
void (* get_size) (AtkComponent *component,
gint *width,
gint *height);
gboolean (* grab_focus) (AtkComponent *component);
void (* remove_focus_handler) (AtkComponent *component,
guint handler_id);
gboolean (* set_extents) (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
gboolean (* set_position) (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
gboolean (* set_size) (AtkComponent *component,
gint width,
gint height);
AtkLayer (* get_layer) (AtkComponent *component);
gint (* get_mdi_zorder) (AtkComponent *component);
/*
* signal handlers
*/
void (* bounds_changed) (AtkComponent *component,
AtkRectangle *bounds);
gdouble (* get_alpha) (AtkComponent *component);
};
GType atk_component_get_type (void);
/* convenience functions */
guint atk_component_add_focus_handler (AtkComponent *component,
AtkFocusHandler handler);
gboolean atk_component_contains (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
AtkObject* atk_component_ref_accessible_at_point(AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
void atk_component_get_extents (AtkComponent *component,
gint *x,
gint *y,
gint *width,
gint *height,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
void atk_component_get_position (AtkComponent *component,
gint *x,
gint *y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
void atk_component_get_size (AtkComponent *component,
gint *width,
gint *height);
AtkLayer atk_component_get_layer (AtkComponent *component);
gint atk_component_get_mdi_zorder (AtkComponent *component);
gboolean atk_component_grab_focus (AtkComponent *component);
void atk_component_remove_focus_handler (AtkComponent *component,
guint handler_id);
gboolean atk_component_set_extents (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
gboolean atk_component_set_position (AtkComponent *component,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
gboolean atk_component_set_size (AtkComponent *component,
gint width,
gint height);
gdouble atk_component_get_alpha (AtkComponent *component);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_COMPONENT_H__ */

83
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkdocument.h
View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_DOCUMENT_H__
#define __ATK_DOCUMENT_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkutil.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkDocument interface should be supported by any object that is a container
* for 'document content' as opposed to a collection of user interface elements.
*
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_DOCUMENT (atk_document_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_DOCUMENT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_DOCUMENT)
#define ATK_DOCUMENT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_DOCUMENT, AtkDocument)
#define ATK_DOCUMENT_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_DOCUMENT, AtkDocumentIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_DOCUMENT_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_DOCUMENT_
typedef struct _AtkDocument AtkDocument;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkDocumentIface AtkDocumentIface;
struct _AtkDocumentIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* ( *get_document_type) (AtkDocument *document);
gpointer ( *get_document) (AtkDocument *document);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* ( *get_document_locale) (AtkDocument *document);
AtkAttributeSet * ( *get_document_attributes) (AtkDocument *document);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* ( *get_document_attribute_value) (AtkDocument *document,
const gchar *attribute_name);
gboolean ( *set_document_attribute) (AtkDocument *document,
const gchar *attribute_name,
const gchar *attribute_value);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
AtkFunction pad3;
AtkFunction pad4;
};
GType atk_document_get_type (void);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_document_get_document_type (AtkDocument *document);
gpointer atk_document_get_document (AtkDocument *document);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_document_get_locale (AtkDocument *document);
AtkAttributeSet* atk_document_get_attributes (AtkDocument *document);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_document_get_attribute_value (AtkDocument *document,
const gchar *attribute_name);
gboolean atk_document_set_attribute_value (AtkDocument *document,
const gchar *attribute_name,
const gchar *attribute_value);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_DOCUMENT_H__ */

104
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkeditabletext.h
View file

@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT_H__
#define __ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atktext.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* AtkEditableText is used to support access in an "accessibility" context
* to editing features of editable text widgets.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_EDITABLE_TEXT (atk_editable_text_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_EDITABLE_TEXT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_EDITABLE_TEXT)
#define ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_EDITABLE_TEXT, AtkEditableText)
#define ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_EDITABLE_TEXT, AtkEditableTextIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT_
typedef struct _AtkEditableText AtkEditableText;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkEditableTextIface AtkEditableTextIface;
struct _AtkEditableTextIface
{
GTypeInterface parent_interface;
gboolean (* set_run_attributes) (AtkEditableText *text,
AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
void (* set_text_contents) (AtkEditableText *text,
const gchar *string);
void (* insert_text) (AtkEditableText *text,
const gchar *string,
gint length,
gint *position);
void (* copy_text) (AtkEditableText *text,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
void (* cut_text) (AtkEditableText *text,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
void (* delete_text) (AtkEditableText *text,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
void (* paste_text) (AtkEditableText *text,
gint position);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
};
GType atk_editable_text_get_type (void);
gboolean atk_editable_text_set_run_attributes (AtkEditableText *text,
AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
void atk_editable_text_set_text_contents (AtkEditableText *text,
const gchar *string);
void atk_editable_text_insert_text (AtkEditableText *text,
const gchar *string,
gint length,
gint *position);
void atk_editable_text_copy_text (AtkEditableText *text,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
void atk_editable_text_cut_text (AtkEditableText *text,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
void atk_editable_text_delete_text (AtkEditableText *text,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
void atk_editable_text_paste_text (AtkEditableText *text,
gint position);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_EDITABLE_TEXT_H__ */

65
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkgobjectaccessible.h
View file

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE_H__
#define __ATK_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE_H__
#include <atk/atk.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkGObjectAccessible class is provided as a basis for implementing
* accessibility support for objects which are not GTK+ widgets
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE (atk_gobject_accessible_get_type ())
#define ATK_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE, AtkGObjectAccessible))
#define ATK_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE, AtkGObjectAccessibleClass))
#define ATK_IS_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE))
#define ATK_IS_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE))
#define ATK_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE, AtkGObjectAccessibleClass))
typedef struct _AtkGObjectAccessible AtkGObjectAccessible;
typedef struct _AtkGObjectAccessibleClass AtkGObjectAccessibleClass;
struct _AtkGObjectAccessible
{
AtkObject parent;
};
GType atk_gobject_accessible_get_type (void);
struct _AtkGObjectAccessibleClass
{
AtkObjectClass parent_class;
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
};
AtkObject *atk_gobject_accessible_for_object (GObject *obj);
GObject *atk_gobject_accessible_get_object (AtkGObjectAccessible *obj);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_GOBJECT_ACCESSIBLE_H__ */

106
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkhyperlink.h
View file

@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_HYPERLINK_H__
#define __ATK_HYPERLINK_H__
#include <atk/atkaction.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* AtkHyperlink encapsulates a link or set of links in a hypertext document.
*
* It implements the AtkAction interface.
*/
/**
*AtkHyperlinkStateFlags
*@ATK_HYPERLINK_IS_INLINE: Link is inline
*
*Describes the type of link
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_HYPERLINK_IS_INLINE = 1 << 0
} AtkHyperlinkStateFlags;
#define ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK (atk_hyperlink_get_type ())
#define ATK_HYPERLINK(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK, AtkHyperlink))
#define ATK_HYPERLINK_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK, AtkHyperlinkClass))
#define ATK_IS_HYPERLINK(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK))
#define ATK_IS_HYPERLINK_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK))
#define ATK_HYPERLINK_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK, AtkHyperlinkClass))
typedef struct _AtkHyperlink AtkHyperlink;
typedef struct _AtkHyperlinkClass AtkHyperlinkClass;
struct _AtkHyperlink
{
GObject parent;
};
struct _AtkHyperlinkClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
gchar* (* get_uri) (AtkHyperlink *link_,
gint i);
AtkObject* (* get_object) (AtkHyperlink *link_,
gint i);
gint (* get_end_index) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gint (* get_start_index) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gboolean (* is_valid) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gint (* get_n_anchors) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
guint (* link_state) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gboolean (* is_selected_link) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
/* Signals */
void ( *link_activated) (AtkHyperlink *link_);
AtkFunction pad1;
};
GType atk_hyperlink_get_type (void);
gchar* atk_hyperlink_get_uri (AtkHyperlink *link_,
gint i);
AtkObject* atk_hyperlink_get_object (AtkHyperlink *link_,
gint i);
gint atk_hyperlink_get_end_index (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gint atk_hyperlink_get_start_index (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gboolean atk_hyperlink_is_valid (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gboolean atk_hyperlink_is_inline (AtkHyperlink *link_);
gint atk_hyperlink_get_n_anchors (AtkHyperlink *link_);
#ifndef ATK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
gboolean atk_hyperlink_is_selected_link (AtkHyperlink *link_);
#endif /* ATK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED */
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_HYPERLINK_H__ */

75
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkhyperlinkimpl.h
View file

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL_H__
#define __ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkhyperlink.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkHyperlinkImpl interface should be supported by objects
* exposed within the hierarchy as children of an AtkHypertext container
* which correspond to "links" or embedded content within the text.
* HTML anchors are not, for instance, normally exposed this way,
* but embedded images and components which appear inline in the
* content of a text object are. The AtkHyperlinkIface interface
* allows a means of determining which children are hyperlinks in this
* sense of the word, and for obtaining their corresponding AtkHyperlink
* object, from which the embedding range, URI, etc. can be obtained.
*
* To some extent this interface exists because, for historical
* reasons, AtkHyperlink was defined as an object type, not an interface.
* Thus, in order to interact with AtkObjects via AtkHyperlink semantics,
* a new interface was required.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK_IMPL (atk_hyperlink_impl_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_HYPERLINK_IMPL(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK_IMPL)
#define ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK_IMPL, AtkHyperlinkImpl)
#define ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL_GET_IFACE(obj) G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERLINK_IMPL, AtkHyperlinkImplIface)
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL__
typedef struct _AtkHyperlinkImpl AtkHyperlinkImpl;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkHyperlinkImplIface AtkHyperlinkImplIface;
struct _AtkHyperlinkImplIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
AtkHyperlink* (* get_hyperlink) (AtkHyperlinkImpl *impl);
AtkFunction pad1;
};
GType atk_hyperlink_impl_get_type (void);
AtkHyperlink *atk_hyperlink_impl_get_hyperlink (AtkHyperlinkImpl *obj);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_HYPERLINK_IMPL_H__ */

78
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkhypertext.h
View file

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_HYPERTEXT_H__
#define __ATK_HYPERTEXT_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkhyperlink.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkHypertext interface provides standard mechanisms for manipulating
* hyperlinks.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_HYPERTEXT (atk_hypertext_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_HYPERTEXT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERTEXT)
#define ATK_HYPERTEXT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERTEXT, AtkHypertext)
#define ATK_HYPERTEXT_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_HYPERTEXT, AtkHypertextIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_HYPERTEXT_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_HYPERTEXT_
typedef struct _AtkHypertext AtkHypertext;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkHypertextIface AtkHypertextIface;
struct _AtkHypertextIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
AtkHyperlink*(* get_link) (AtkHypertext *hypertext,
gint link_index);
gint (* get_n_links) (AtkHypertext *hypertext);
gint (* get_link_index) (AtkHypertext *hypertext,
gint char_index);
/*
* signal handlers
*/
void (* link_selected) (AtkHypertext *hypertext,
gint link_index);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
AtkFunction pad3;
};
GType atk_hypertext_get_type (void);
AtkHyperlink* atk_hypertext_get_link (AtkHypertext *hypertext,
gint link_index);
gint atk_hypertext_get_n_links (AtkHypertext *hypertext);
gint atk_hypertext_get_link_index (AtkHypertext *hypertext,
gint char_index);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_HYPERTEXT_H__ */

87
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkimage.h
View file

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_IMAGE_H__
#define __ATK_IMAGE_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkutil.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkImage interface should be supported by any object that has an
* associated image. This interface provides the standard mechanism for
* an assistive technology to get descriptive information about images.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_IMAGE (atk_image_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_IMAGE(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_IMAGE)
#define ATK_IMAGE(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_IMAGE, AtkImage)
#define ATK_IMAGE_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_IMAGE, AtkImageIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_IMAGE_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_IMAGE_
typedef struct _AtkImage AtkImage;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkImageIface AtkImageIface;
struct _AtkImageIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
void ( *get_image_position) (AtkImage *image,
gint *x,
gint *y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* ( *get_image_description) (AtkImage *image);
void ( *get_image_size) (AtkImage *image,
gint *width,
gint *height);
gboolean ( *set_image_description) (AtkImage *image,
const gchar *description);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* ( *get_image_locale) (AtkImage *image);
AtkFunction pad1;
};
GType atk_image_get_type (void);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_image_get_image_description (AtkImage *image);
void atk_image_get_image_size (AtkImage *image,
gint *width,
gint *height);
gboolean atk_image_set_image_description (AtkImage *image,
const gchar *description);
void atk_image_get_image_position (AtkImage *image,
gint *x,
gint *y,
AtkCoordType coord_type);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_image_get_image_locale (AtkImage *image);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_IMAGE_H__ */

89
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkmisc.h
View file

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_MISC_H__
#define __ATK_MISC_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_MISC (atk_misc_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_MISC(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_MISC)
#define ATK_MISC(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_MISC, AtkMisc)
#define ATK_MISC_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_MISC, AtkMiscClass))
#define ATK_IS_MISC_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_MISC))
#define ATK_MISC_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_MISC, AtkMiscClass))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_MISC_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_MISC_
typedef struct _AtkMisc AtkMisc;
typedef struct _AtkMiscClass AtkMiscClass;
#endif
struct _AtkMisc
{
GObject parent;
};
/*
* Singleton instance - only the ATK implementation layer for
* a given GUI toolkit/application instance should touch this
* symbol directly.
*/
extern AtkMisc *atk_misc_instance;
struct _AtkMiscClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
void (* threads_enter) (AtkMisc *misc);
void (* threads_leave) (AtkMisc *misc);
gpointer vfuncs[32]; /* future bincompat */
};
GType atk_misc_get_type (void);
/*
* Wrapper for thread lock, i.e. take the thread mutex for the GUI toolkit,
* if one exists.
* (This method is implemented by the toolkit ATK implementation layer;
* for instance, for GTK+, GAIL implements this via GDK_THREADS_ENTER).
*/
void atk_misc_threads_enter (AtkMisc *misc);
/*
* Wrapper for thread lock, i.e. release the thread mutex for the GUI toolkit,
* if one exists.
* (This method is implemented by the toolkit ATK implementation layer;
* for instance, for GTK+, GAIL implements this via GDK_THREADS_LEAVE).
*/
void atk_misc_threads_leave (AtkMisc *misc);
/*
* Obtain (singleton) instance of AtkMisc.
*/
const AtkMisc *atk_misc_get_instance (void);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_MISC_H__ */

55
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atknoopobject.h
View file

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_H__
#define __ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_H__
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT (atk_no_op_object_get_type ())
#define ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT, AtkNoOpObject))
#define ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT, AtkNoOpObjectClass))
#define ATK_IS_NO_OP_OBJECT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT))
#define ATK_IS_NO_OP_OBJECT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT))
#define ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT, AtkNoOpObjectClass))
typedef struct _AtkNoOpObject AtkNoOpObject;
typedef struct _AtkNoOpObjectClass AtkNoOpObjectClass;
struct _AtkNoOpObject
{
AtkObject parent;
};
GType atk_no_op_object_get_type (void);
struct _AtkNoOpObjectClass
{
AtkObjectClass parent_class;
};
AtkObject *atk_no_op_object_new (GObject *obj);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_H__ */

57
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atknoopobjectfactory.h
View file

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY_H__
#define __ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY_H__
#include <atk/atkobjectfactory.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY (atk_no_op_object_factory_get_type ())
#define ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY, AtkNoOpObjectFactory))
#define ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY, AtkNoOpObjectFactoryClass))
#define ATK_IS_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY))
#define ATK_IS_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY))
#define ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ( (obj), ATK_TYPE_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY, AtkNoOpObjectFactoryClass))
typedef struct _AtkNoOpObjectFactory AtkNoOpObjectFactory;
typedef struct _AtkNoOpObjectFactoryClass AtkNoOpObjectFactoryClass;
struct _AtkNoOpObjectFactory
{
AtkObjectFactory parent;
};
struct _AtkNoOpObjectFactoryClass
{
AtkObjectFactoryClass parent_class;
};
GType atk_no_op_object_factory_get_type(void);
AtkObjectFactory *atk_no_op_object_factory_new(void);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_NO_OP_OBJECT_FACTORY_H__ */

649
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkobject.h
View file

@ -1,649 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_OBJECT_H__
#define __ATK_OBJECT_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <atk/atkstate.h>
#include <atk/atkrelationtype.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* AtkObject represents the minimum information all accessible objects
* return. This information includes accessible name, accessible
* description, role and state of the object, as well information about
* its parent and children. It is also possible to obtain more specific
* accessibility information about a component if it supports one or more
* of the following interfaces:
*/
/**
*AtkRole:
*@ATK_ROLE_INVALID: Invalid role
*@ATK_ROLE_ACCEL_LABEL: A label which represents an accelerator
*@ATK_ROLE_ALERT: An object which is an alert to the user. Assistive Technologies typically respond to ATK_ROLE_ALERT by reading the entire onscreen contents of containers advertising this role. Should be used for warning dialogs, etc.
*@ATK_ROLE_ANIMATION: An object which is an animated image
*@ATK_ROLE_ARROW: An arrow in one of the four cardinal directions
*@ATK_ROLE_CALENDAR: An object that displays a calendar and allows the user to select a date
*@ATK_ROLE_CANVAS: An object that can be drawn into and is used to trap events
*@ATK_ROLE_CHECK_BOX: A choice that can be checked or unchecked and provides a separate indicator for the current state
*@ATK_ROLE_CHECK_MENU_ITEM: A menu item with a check box
*@ATK_ROLE_COLOR_CHOOSER: A specialized dialog that lets the user choose a color
*@ATK_ROLE_COLUMN_HEADER: The header for a column of data
*@ATK_ROLE_COMBO_BOX: A list of choices the user can select from
*@ATK_ROLE_DATE_EDITOR: An object whose purpose is to allow a user to edit a date
*@ATK_ROLE_DESKTOP_ICON: An inconifed internal frame within a DESKTOP_PANE
*@ATK_ROLE_DESKTOP_FRAME: A pane that supports internal frames and iconified versions of those internal frames
*@ATK_ROLE_DIAL: An object whose purpose is to allow a user to set a value
*@ATK_ROLE_DIALOG: A top level window with title bar and a border
*@ATK_ROLE_DIRECTORY_PANE: A pane that allows the user to navigate through and select the contents of a directory
*@ATK_ROLE_DRAWING_AREA: An object used for drawing custom user interface elements
*@ATK_ROLE_FILE_CHOOSER: A specialized dialog that lets the user choose a file
*@ATK_ROLE_FILLER: A object that fills up space in a user interface
*@ATK_ROLE_FONT_CHOOSER: A specialized dialog that lets the user choose a font
*@ATK_ROLE_FRAME: A top level window with a title bar, border, menubar, etc.
*@ATK_ROLE_GLASS_PANE: A pane that is guaranteed to be painted on top of all panes beneath it
*@ATK_ROLE_HTML_CONTAINER: A document container for HTML, whose children represent the document content
*@ATK_ROLE_ICON: A small fixed size picture, typically used to decorate components
*@ATK_ROLE_IMAGE: An object whose primary purpose is to display an image
*@ATK_ROLE_INTERNAL_FRAME: A frame-like object that is clipped by a desktop pane
*@ATK_ROLE_LABEL: An object used to present an icon or short string in an interface
*@ATK_ROLE_LAYERED_PANE: A specialized pane that allows its children to be drawn in layers, providing a form of stacking order
*@ATK_ROLE_LIST: An object that presents a list of objects to the user and allows the user to select one or more of them
*@ATK_ROLE_LIST_ITEM: An object that represents an element of a list
*@ATK_ROLE_MENU: An object usually found inside a menu bar that contains a list of actions the user can choose from
*@ATK_ROLE_MENU_BAR: An object usually drawn at the top of the primary dialog box of an application that contains a list of menus the user can choose from
*@ATK_ROLE_MENU_ITEM: An object usually contained in a menu that presents an action the user can choose
*@ATK_ROLE_OPTION_PANE: A specialized pane whose primary use is inside a DIALOG
*@ATK_ROLE_PAGE_TAB: An object that is a child of a page tab list
*@ATK_ROLE_PAGE_TAB_LIST: An object that presents a series of panels (or page tabs), one at a time, through some mechanism provided by the object
*@ATK_ROLE_PANEL: A generic container that is often used to group objects
*@ATK_ROLE_PASSWORD_TEXT: A text object uses for passwords, or other places where the text content is not shown visibly to the user
*@ATK_ROLE_POPUP_MENU: A temporary window that is usually used to offer the user a list of choices, and then hides when the user selects one of those choices
*@ATK_ROLE_PROGRESS_BAR: An object used to indicate how much of a task has been completed
*@ATK_ROLE_PUSH_BUTTON: An object the user can manipulate to tell the application to do something
*@ATK_ROLE_RADIO_BUTTON: A specialized check box that will cause other radio buttons in the same group to become unchecked when this one is checked
*@ATK_ROLE_RADIO_MENU_ITEM: A check menu item which belongs to a group. At each instant exactly one of the radio menu items from a group is selected
*@ATK_ROLE_ROOT_PANE: A specialized pane that has a glass pane and a layered pane as its children
*@ATK_ROLE_ROW_HEADER: The header for a row of data
*@ATK_ROLE_SCROLL_BAR: An object usually used to allow a user to incrementally view a large amount of data.
*@ATK_ROLE_SCROLL_PANE: An object that allows a user to incrementally view a large amount of information
*@ATK_ROLE_SEPARATOR: An object usually contained in a menu to provide a visible and logical separation of the contents in a menu
*@ATK_ROLE_SLIDER: An object that allows the user to select from a bounded range
*@ATK_ROLE_SPLIT_PANE: A specialized panel that presents two other panels at the same time
*@ATK_ROLE_SPIN_BUTTON: An object used to get an integer or floating point number from the user
*@ATK_ROLE_STATUSBAR: An object which reports messages of minor importance to the user
*@ATK_ROLE_TABLE: An object used to represent information in terms of rows and columns
*@ATK_ROLE_TABLE_CELL: A cell in a table
*@ATK_ROLE_TABLE_COLUMN_HEADER: The header for a column of a table
*@ATK_ROLE_TABLE_ROW_HEADER: The header for a row of a table
*@ATK_ROLE_TEAR_OFF_MENU_ITEM: A menu item used to tear off and reattach its menu
*@ATK_ROLE_TERMINAL: An object that represents an accessible terminal. @Since: ATK-0.6
*@ATK_ROLE_TEXT: An object that presents text to the user
*@ATK_ROLE_TOGGLE_BUTTON: A specialized push button that can be checked or unchecked, but does not provide a separate indicator for the current state
*@ATK_ROLE_TOOL_BAR: A bar or palette usually composed of push buttons or toggle buttons
*@ATK_ROLE_TOOL_TIP: An object that provides information about another object
*@ATK_ROLE_TREE: An object used to represent hierarchical information to the user
*@ATK_ROLE_TREE_TABLE: An object capable of expanding and collapsing rows as well as showing multiple columns of data. @Since: ATK-0.7
*@ATK_ROLE_UNKNOWN: The object contains some Accessible information, but its role is not known
*@ATK_ROLE_VIEWPORT: An object usually used in a scroll pane
*@ATK_ROLE_WINDOW: A top level window with no title or border.
*@ATK_ROLE_HEADER: An object that serves as a document header. @Since: ATK-1.1.1
*@ATK_ROLE_FOOTER: An object that serves as a document footer. @Since: ATK-1.1.1
*@ATK_ROLE_PARAGRAPH: An object which is contains a paragraph of text content. @Since: ATK-1.1.1
*@ATK_ROLE_RULER: An object which describes margins and tab stops, etc. for text objects which it controls (should have CONTROLLER_FOR relation to such). @Since: ATK-1.1.1
*@ATK_ROLE_APPLICATION: The object is an application object, which may contain @ATK_ROLE_FRAME objects or other types of accessibles. The root accessible of any application's ATK hierarchy should have ATK_ROLE_APPLICATION. @Since: ATK-1.1.4
*@ATK_ROLE_AUTOCOMPLETE: The object is a dialog or list containing items for insertion into an entry widget, for instance a list of words for completion of a text entry. @Since: ATK-1.3
*@ATK_ROLE_EDITBAR: The object is an editable text object in a toolbar. @Since: ATK-1.5
*@ATK_ROLE_EMBEDDED: The object is an embedded container within a document or panel. This role is a grouping "hint" indicating that the contained objects share a context. @Since: ATK-1.7.2
*@ATK_ROLE_ENTRY: The object is a component whose textual content may be entered or modified by the user, provided @ATK_STATE_EDITABLE is present. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_CHART: The object is a graphical depiction of quantitative data. It may contain multiple subelements whose attributes and/or description may be queried to obtain both the quantitative data and information about how the data is being presented. The LABELLED_BY relation is particularly important in interpreting objects of this type, as is the accessible-description property. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_CAPTION: The object contains descriptive information, usually textual, about another user interface element such as a table, chart, or image. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_DOCUMENT_FRAME: The object is a visual frame or container which contains a view of document content. Document frames may occur within another Document instance, in which case the second document may be said to be embedded in the containing instance. HTML frames are often ROLE_DOCUMENT_FRAME. Either this object, or a singleton descendant, should implement the Document interface. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_HEADING: The object serves as a heading for content which follows it in a document. The 'heading level' of the heading, if availabe, may be obtained by querying the object's attributes.
*@ATK_ROLE_PAGE: The object is a containing instance which encapsulates a page of information. @ATK_ROLE_PAGE is used in documents and content which support a paginated navigation model. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_SECTION: The object is a containing instance of document content which constitutes a particular 'logical' section of the document. The type of content within a section, and the nature of the section division itself, may be obtained by querying the object's attributes. Sections may be nested. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_REDUNDANT_OBJECT: The object is redundant with another object in the hierarchy, and is exposed for purely technical reasons. Objects of this role should normally be ignored by clients. @Since: ATK-1.11
*@ATK_ROLE_FORM: The object is a container for form controls, for instance as part of a
* web form or user-input form within a document. This role is primarily a tag/convenience for
* clients when navigating complex documents, it is not expected that ordinary GUI containers will
* always have ATK_ROLE_FORM. @Since: ATK-1.12.0
*@ATK_ROLE_LINK: The object is a hypertext anchor, i.e. a "link" in a
* hypertext document. Such objects are distinct from 'inline'
* content which may also use the Hypertext/Hyperlink interfaces
* to indicate the range/location within a text object where
* an inline or embedded object lies. @Since: ATK-1.12.1
*@ATK_ROLE_INPUT_METHOD_WINDOW: The object is a window or similar viewport
* which is used to allow composition or input of a 'complex character',
* in other words it is an "input method window." @Since: ATK-1.12.1
*@ATK_ROLE_LAST_DEFINED: not a valid role, used for finding end of the enumeration
*
* Describes the role of an object
*
* These are the built-in enumerated roles that UI components can have in
* ATK. Other roles may be added at runtime, so an AtkRole >=
* ATK_ROLE_LAST_DEFINED is not necessarily an error.
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_ROLE_INVALID = 0,
ATK_ROLE_ACCEL_LABEL,
ATK_ROLE_ALERT,
ATK_ROLE_ANIMATION,
ATK_ROLE_ARROW,
ATK_ROLE_CALENDAR,
ATK_ROLE_CANVAS,
ATK_ROLE_CHECK_BOX,
ATK_ROLE_CHECK_MENU_ITEM,
ATK_ROLE_COLOR_CHOOSER,
ATK_ROLE_COLUMN_HEADER,
ATK_ROLE_COMBO_BOX,
ATK_ROLE_DATE_EDITOR,
ATK_ROLE_DESKTOP_ICON,
ATK_ROLE_DESKTOP_FRAME,
ATK_ROLE_DIAL,
ATK_ROLE_DIALOG,
ATK_ROLE_DIRECTORY_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_DRAWING_AREA,
ATK_ROLE_FILE_CHOOSER,
ATK_ROLE_FILLER,
ATK_ROLE_FONT_CHOOSER,
ATK_ROLE_FRAME,
ATK_ROLE_GLASS_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_HTML_CONTAINER,
ATK_ROLE_ICON,
ATK_ROLE_IMAGE,
ATK_ROLE_INTERNAL_FRAME,
ATK_ROLE_LABEL,
ATK_ROLE_LAYERED_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_LIST,
ATK_ROLE_LIST_ITEM,
ATK_ROLE_MENU,
ATK_ROLE_MENU_BAR,
ATK_ROLE_MENU_ITEM,
ATK_ROLE_OPTION_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_PAGE_TAB,
ATK_ROLE_PAGE_TAB_LIST,
ATK_ROLE_PANEL,
ATK_ROLE_PASSWORD_TEXT,
ATK_ROLE_POPUP_MENU,
ATK_ROLE_PROGRESS_BAR,
ATK_ROLE_PUSH_BUTTON,
ATK_ROLE_RADIO_BUTTON,
ATK_ROLE_RADIO_MENU_ITEM,
ATK_ROLE_ROOT_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_ROW_HEADER,
ATK_ROLE_SCROLL_BAR,
ATK_ROLE_SCROLL_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_SEPARATOR,
ATK_ROLE_SLIDER,
ATK_ROLE_SPLIT_PANE,
ATK_ROLE_SPIN_BUTTON,
ATK_ROLE_STATUSBAR,
ATK_ROLE_TABLE,
ATK_ROLE_TABLE_CELL,
ATK_ROLE_TABLE_COLUMN_HEADER,
ATK_ROLE_TABLE_ROW_HEADER,
ATK_ROLE_TEAR_OFF_MENU_ITEM,
ATK_ROLE_TERMINAL,
ATK_ROLE_TEXT,
ATK_ROLE_TOGGLE_BUTTON,
ATK_ROLE_TOOL_BAR,
ATK_ROLE_TOOL_TIP,
ATK_ROLE_TREE,
ATK_ROLE_TREE_TABLE,
ATK_ROLE_UNKNOWN,
ATK_ROLE_VIEWPORT,
ATK_ROLE_WINDOW,
ATK_ROLE_HEADER,
ATK_ROLE_FOOTER,
ATK_ROLE_PARAGRAPH,
ATK_ROLE_RULER,
ATK_ROLE_APPLICATION,
ATK_ROLE_AUTOCOMPLETE,
ATK_ROLE_EDITBAR,
ATK_ROLE_EMBEDDED,
ATK_ROLE_ENTRY,
ATK_ROLE_CHART,
ATK_ROLE_CAPTION,
ATK_ROLE_DOCUMENT_FRAME,
ATK_ROLE_HEADING,
ATK_ROLE_PAGE,
ATK_ROLE_SECTION,
ATK_ROLE_REDUNDANT_OBJECT,
ATK_ROLE_FORM,
ATK_ROLE_LINK,
ATK_ROLE_INPUT_METHOD_WINDOW,
ATK_ROLE_LAST_DEFINED
} AtkRole;
AtkRole atk_role_register (const gchar *name);
/**
*AtkLayer:
*@ATK_LAYER_INVALID: The object does not have a layer
*@ATK_LAYER_BACKGROUND: This layer is reserved for the desktop background
*@ATK_LAYER_CANVAS: This layer is used for Canvas components
*@ATK_LAYER_WIDGET: This layer is normally used for components
*@ATK_LAYER_MDI: This layer is used for layered components
*@ATK_LAYER_POPUP: This layer is used for popup components, such as menus
*@ATK_LAYER_OVERLAY: This layer is reserved for future use.
*@ATK_LAYER_WINDOW: This layer is used for toplevel windows.
*
* Describes the layer of a component
*
* These enumerated "layer values" are used when determining which UI
* rendering layer a component is drawn into, which can help in making
* determinations of when components occlude one another.
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_LAYER_INVALID,
ATK_LAYER_BACKGROUND,
ATK_LAYER_CANVAS,
ATK_LAYER_WIDGET,
ATK_LAYER_MDI,
ATK_LAYER_POPUP,
ATK_LAYER_OVERLAY,
ATK_LAYER_WINDOW
} AtkLayer;
/**
* AtkAttributeSet:
*
* This is a singly-linked list (a #GSList) of #AtkAttribute. It is
* used by atk_text_get_run_attributes(), atk_text_get_default_attributes()
* and atk_editable_text_set_run_attributes()
**/
typedef GSList AtkAttributeSet;
/**
* AtkAttribute:
* @name: The attribute name. Call atk_text_attr_get_name()
* @value: the value of the attribute, represented as a string.
* Call atk_text_attr_get_value() for those which are strings.
* For values which are numbers, the string representation of the number
* is in value.
*
* A string name/value pair representing a text attribute.
**/
typedef struct _AtkAttribute AtkAttribute;
struct _AtkAttribute {
gchar* name;
gchar* value;
};
#define ATK_TYPE_OBJECT (atk_object_get_type ())
#define ATK_OBJECT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT, AtkObject))
#define ATK_OBJECT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT, AtkObjectClass))
#define ATK_IS_OBJECT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT))
#define ATK_IS_OBJECT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT))
#define ATK_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT, AtkObjectClass))
#define ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR (atk_implementor_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_IMPLEMENTOR(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR)
#define ATK_IMPLEMENTOR(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR, AtkImplementor)
#define ATK_IMPLEMENTOR_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR, AtkImplementorIface))
typedef struct _AtkImplementor AtkImplementor; /* dummy typedef */
typedef struct _AtkImplementorIface AtkImplementorIface;
typedef struct _AtkObject AtkObject;
typedef struct _AtkObjectClass AtkObjectClass;
typedef struct _AtkRelationSet AtkRelationSet;
typedef struct _AtkStateSet AtkStateSet;
/**
* AtkPropertyValues:
* @property_name: The name of the ATK property which is being presented or which has been changed.
* @old_value: The old property value, NULL; in some contexts this value is undefined (see note below).
* @new_value: The new value of the named property.
*
* @note: For most properties the old_value field of AtkPropertyValues will
* not contain a valid value.
*
* Currently, the only property for which old_value is used is
* accessible-state; for instance if there is a focus state the
* property change handler will be called for the object which lost the focus
* with the old_value containing an AtkState value corresponding to focused
* and the property change handler will be called for the object which
* received the focus with the new_value containing an AtkState value
* corresponding to focused.
*
**/
struct _AtkPropertyValues
{
const gchar *property_name;
GValue old_value;
GValue new_value;
};
typedef struct _AtkPropertyValues AtkPropertyValues;
typedef gboolean (*AtkFunction) (gpointer data);
/*
* For most properties the old_value field of AtkPropertyValues will
* not contain a valid value.
*
* Currently, the only property for which old_value is used is
* accessible-state; for instance if there is a focus state the
* property change handler will be called for the object which lost the focus
* with the old_value containing an AtkState value corresponding to focused
* and the property change handler will be called for the object which
* received the focus with the new_value containing an AtkState value
* corresponding to focused.
*/
typedef void (*AtkPropertyChangeHandler) (AtkObject*, AtkPropertyValues*);
struct _AtkObject
{
GObject parent;
gchar *description;
gchar *name;
AtkObject *accessible_parent;
AtkRole role;
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
AtkLayer layer;
};
struct _AtkObjectClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
/*
* Gets the accessible name of the object
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (* get_name) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Gets the accessible description of the object
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (* get_description) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Gets the accessible parent of the object
*/
AtkObject* (*get_parent) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Gets the number of accessible children of the object
*/
gint (* get_n_children) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Returns a reference to the specified accessible child of the object.
* The accessible children are 0-based so the first accessible child is
* at index 0, the second at index 1 and so on.
*/
AtkObject* (* ref_child) (AtkObject *accessible,
gint i);
/*
* Gets the 0-based index of this object in its parent; returns -1 if the
* object does not have an accessible parent.
*/
gint (* get_index_in_parent) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Gets the RelationSet associated with the object
*/
AtkRelationSet* (* ref_relation_set) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Gets the role of the object
*/
AtkRole (* get_role) (AtkObject *accessible);
AtkLayer (* get_layer) (AtkObject *accessible);
gint (* get_mdi_zorder) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Gets the state set of the object
*/
AtkStateSet* (* ref_state_set) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* Sets the accessible name of the object
*/
void (* set_name) (AtkObject *accessible,
const gchar *name);
/*
* Sets the accessible description of the object
*/
void (* set_description) (AtkObject *accessible,
const gchar *description);
/*
* Sets the accessible parent of the object
*/
void (* set_parent) (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkObject *parent);
/*
* Sets the accessible role of the object
*/
void (* set_role) (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkRole role);
/*
* Specifies a function to be called when a property changes value
*/
guint (* connect_property_change_handler) (AtkObject
*accessible,
AtkPropertyChangeHandler *handler);
/*
* Removes a property change handler which was specified using
* connect_property_change_handler
*/
void (* remove_property_change_handler) (AtkObject
*accessible,
guint
handler_id);
void (* initialize) (AtkObject *accessible,
gpointer data);
/*
* The signal handler which is executed when there is a change in the
* children of the object
*/
void (* children_changed) (AtkObject *accessible,
guint change_index,
gpointer changed_child);
/*
* The signal handler which is executed when there is a focus event
* for an object.
*/
void (* focus_event) (AtkObject *accessible,
gboolean focus_in);
/*
* The signal handler which is executed when there is a property_change
* signal for an object.
*/
void (* property_change) (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkPropertyValues *values);
/*
* The signal handler which is executed when there is a state_change
* signal for an object.
*/
void (* state_change) (AtkObject *accessible,
const gchar *name,
gboolean state_set);
/*
* The signal handler which is executed when there is a change in the
* visible data for an object
*/
void (*visible_data_changed) (AtkObject *accessible);
/*
* The signal handler which is executed when there is a change in the
* 'active' child or children of the object, for instance when
* interior focus changes in a table or list. This signal should be emitted
* by objects whose state includes ATK_STATE_MANAGES_DESCENDANTS.
*/
void (*active_descendant_changed) (AtkObject *accessible,
gpointer *child);
/*
* Gets a list of properties applied to this object as a whole, as an #AtkAttributeSet consisting of name-value pairs.
* Since ATK 1.12
*/
AtkAttributeSet* (*get_attributes) (AtkObject *accessible);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
};
GType atk_object_get_type (void);
struct _AtkImplementorIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
AtkObject* (*ref_accessible) (AtkImplementor *implementor);
};
GType atk_implementor_get_type (void);
/*
* This method uses the ref_accessible method in AtkImplementorIface,
* if the object's class implements AtkImplementorIface.
* Otherwise it returns %NULL.
*
* IMPORTANT:
* Note also that because this method may return flyweight objects,
* it increments the returned AtkObject's reference count.
* Therefore it is the responsibility of the calling
* program to unreference the object when no longer needed.
* (c.f. gtk_widget_get_accessible() where this is not the case).
*/
AtkObject* atk_implementor_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
/*
* Properties directly supported by AtkObject
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_object_get_name (AtkObject *accessible);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_object_get_description (AtkObject *accessible);
AtkObject* atk_object_get_parent (AtkObject *accessible);
gint atk_object_get_n_accessible_children (AtkObject *accessible);
AtkObject* atk_object_ref_accessible_child (AtkObject *accessible,
gint i);
AtkRelationSet* atk_object_ref_relation_set (AtkObject *accessible);
AtkRole atk_object_get_role (AtkObject *accessible);
#ifndef ATK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
AtkLayer atk_object_get_layer (AtkObject *accessible);
gint atk_object_get_mdi_zorder (AtkObject *accessible);
#endif /* ATK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED */
AtkAttributeSet* atk_object_get_attributes (AtkObject *accessible);
AtkStateSet* atk_object_ref_state_set (AtkObject *accessible);
gint atk_object_get_index_in_parent (AtkObject *accessible);
void atk_object_set_name (AtkObject *accessible,
const gchar *name);
void atk_object_set_description (AtkObject *accessible,
const gchar *description);
void atk_object_set_parent (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkObject *parent);
void atk_object_set_role (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkRole role);
guint atk_object_connect_property_change_handler (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkPropertyChangeHandler *handler);
void atk_object_remove_property_change_handler (AtkObject *accessible,
guint handler_id);
void atk_object_notify_state_change (AtkObject *accessible,
AtkState state,
gboolean value);
void atk_object_initialize (AtkObject *accessible,
gpointer data);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_role_get_name (AtkRole role);
AtkRole atk_role_for_name (const gchar *name);
/* NEW in 1.1: convenience API */
gboolean atk_object_add_relationship (AtkObject *object,
AtkRelationType relationship,
AtkObject *target);
gboolean atk_object_remove_relationship (AtkObject *object,
AtkRelationType relationship,
AtkObject *target);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_role_get_localized_name (AtkRole role);
/* */
/*
* Note: the properties which are registered with the GType
* property registry, for type ATK_TYPE_OBJECT, are as follows:
*
* "accessible-name"
* "accessible-description"
* "accessible-parent"
* "accessible-role"
* "accessible-value"
* "accessible-component-layer"
* "accessible-component-zorder"
* "accessible-table-caption"
* "accessible-table-column-description"
* "accessible-table-column-header"
* "accessible-table-row-description"
* "accessible-table-row-header"
* "accessible-table-summary"
* "accessible-model"
*
* accessibility property change listeners should use the
* normal GObject property interfaces and "property-change"
* signal handler semantics to interpret the property change
* information relayed from AtkObject.
* (AtkObject instances will connect to the "notify"
* signal in their host objects, and relay the signals when appropriate).
*/
/* For other signals, see related interfaces
*
* AtkActionIface,
* AtkComponentIface,
* AtkHypertextIface,
* AtkImageIface,
* AtkSelectionIface,
* AtkTableIface,
* AtkTextIface,
* AtkValueIface.
*
* The usage model for obtaining these interface instances is:
* ATK_<interfacename>_GET_IFACE(GObject *accessible),
* where accessible, though specified as a GObject, is
* the AtkObject instance being queried.
* More usually, the interface will be used via a cast to the
* interface's corresponding "type":
*
* AtkText textImpl = ATK_TEXT(accessible);
* if (textImpl)
* {
* cpos = atk_text_get_caret_position(textImpl);
* }
*
* If it's known in advance that accessible implements AtkTextIface,
* this is shortened to:
*
* cpos = atk_text_get_caret_position (ATK_TEXT (accessible));
*/
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_OBJECT_H__ */

67
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkobjectfactory.h
View file

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_OBJECT_FACTORY_H__
#define __ATK_OBJECT_FACTORY_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_OBJECT_FACTORY (atk_object_factory_get_type ())
#define ATK_OBJECT_FACTORY(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT_FACTORY, AtkObjectFactory))
#define ATK_OBJECT_FACTORY_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT_FACTORY, AtkObjectFactoryClass))
#define ATK_IS_OBJECT_FACTORY(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT_FACTORY))
#define ATK_IS_OBJECT_FACTORY_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT_FACTORY))
#define ATK_OBJECT_FACTORY_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_OBJECT_FACTORY, AtkObjectFactoryClass))
typedef struct _AtkObjectFactory AtkObjectFactory;
typedef struct _AtkObjectFactoryClass AtkObjectFactoryClass;
struct _AtkObjectFactory
{
GObject parent;
};
struct _AtkObjectFactoryClass
{
GObjectClass parent_class;
AtkObject* (* create_accessible) (GObject *obj);
void (* invalidate) (AtkObjectFactory *factory);
GType (* get_accessible_type) (void);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
};
GType atk_object_factory_get_type(void);
AtkObject* atk_object_factory_create_accessible (AtkObjectFactory *factory, GObject *obj);
void atk_object_factory_invalidate (AtkObjectFactory *factory);
GType atk_object_factory_get_accessible_type (AtkObjectFactory *factory);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __GTK_OBJECT_FACTORY_H__ */

61
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkplug.h
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2009 Novell, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_PLUG_H__
#define __ATK_PLUG_H__
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_PLUG (atk_plug_get_type ())
#define ATK_PLUG(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_PLUG, AtkPlug))
#define ATK_IS_PLUG(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_PLUG))
#define ATK_PLUG_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_PLUG, AtkPlugClass))
#define ATK_IS_PLUG_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_PLUG))
#define ATK_PLUG_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_PLUG, AtkPlugClass))
typedef struct _AtkPlug AtkPlug;
typedef struct _AtkPlugClass AtkPlugClass;
struct _AtkPlug
{
AtkObject parent;
};
GType atk_plug_get_type (void);
struct _AtkPlugClass
{
AtkObjectClass parent_class;
/* to be subscribed to by atk-bridge */
/*< protected >*/
gchar* (* get_object_id) (AtkPlug* obj);
};
AtkObject* atk_plug_new (void);
gchar* atk_plug_get_id (AtkPlug* plug);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_PLUG_H__ */

69
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkregistry.h
View file

@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_REGISTRY_H__
#define __ATK_REGISTRY_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include "atkobjectfactory.h"
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_REGISTRY (atk_registry_get_type ())
#define ATK_REGISTRY(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_REGISTRY, AtkRegistry))
#define ATK_REGISTRY_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_REGISTRY, AtkRegistryClass))
#define ATK_IS_REGISTRY(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_REGISTRY))
#define ATK_IS_REGISTRY_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_REGISTRY))
#define ATK_REGISTRY_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_REGISTRY, AtkRegistryClass))
struct _AtkRegistry
{
GObject parent;
GHashTable *factory_type_registry;
GHashTable *factory_singleton_cache;
};
struct _AtkRegistryClass
{
GObjectClass parent_class;
};
typedef struct _AtkRegistry AtkRegistry;
typedef struct _AtkRegistryClass AtkRegistryClass;
GType atk_registry_get_type (void);
void atk_registry_set_factory_type (AtkRegistry *registry,
GType type,
GType factory_type);
GType atk_registry_get_factory_type (AtkRegistry *registry,
GType type);
AtkObjectFactory* atk_registry_get_factory (AtkRegistry *registry,
GType type);
AtkRegistry* atk_get_default_registry (void);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_REGISTRY_H__ */

89
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkrelation.h
View file

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_RELATION_H__
#define __ATK_RELATION_H__
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <atk/atkrelationtype.h>
/*
* An AtkRelation describes a relation between the object and one or more
* other objects. The actual relations that an object has with other objects
* are defined as an AtkRelationSet, which is a set of AtkRelations.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_RELATION (atk_relation_get_type ())
#define ATK_RELATION(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_RELATION, AtkRelation))
#define ATK_RELATION_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_RELATION, AtkRelationClass))
#define ATK_IS_RELATION(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_RELATION))
#define ATK_IS_RELATION_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_RELATION))
#define ATK_RELATION_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_RELATION, AtkRelationClass))
typedef struct _AtkRelation AtkRelation;
typedef struct _AtkRelationClass AtkRelationClass;
struct _AtkRelation
{
GObject parent;
GPtrArray *target;
AtkRelationType relationship;
};
struct _AtkRelationClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
};
GType atk_relation_get_type (void);
AtkRelationType atk_relation_type_register (const gchar *name);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_relation_type_get_name (AtkRelationType type);
AtkRelationType atk_relation_type_for_name (const gchar *name);
/*
* Create a new relation for the specified key and the specified list
* of targets.
*/
AtkRelation* atk_relation_new (AtkObject **targets,
gint n_targets,
AtkRelationType relationship);
/*
* Returns the type of a relation.
*/
AtkRelationType atk_relation_get_relation_type (AtkRelation *relation);
/*
* Returns the target list of a relation.
*/
GPtrArray* atk_relation_get_target (AtkRelation *relation);
void atk_relation_add_target (AtkRelation *relation,
AtkObject *target);
gboolean atk_relation_remove_target (AtkRelation *relation,
AtkObject *target);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_RELATION_H__ */

78
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkrelationset.h
View file

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_RELATION_SET_H__
#define __ATK_RELATION_SET_H__
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkrelation.h>
#define ATK_TYPE_RELATION_SET (atk_relation_set_get_type ())
#define ATK_RELATION_SET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_RELATION_SET, AtkRelationSet))
#define ATK_RELATION_SET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_RELATION_SET, AtkRelationSetClass))
#define ATK_IS_RELATION_SET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_RELATION_SET))
#define ATK_IS_RELATION_SET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_RELATION_SET))
#define ATK_RELATION_SET_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_RELATION_SET, AtkRelationSetClass))
typedef struct _AtkRelationSetClass AtkRelationSetClass;
struct _AtkRelationSet
{
GObject parent;
GPtrArray *relations;
};
struct _AtkRelationSetClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
};
GType atk_relation_set_get_type (void);
AtkRelationSet* atk_relation_set_new (void);
gboolean atk_relation_set_contains (AtkRelationSet *set,
AtkRelationType relationship);
void atk_relation_set_remove (AtkRelationSet *set,
AtkRelation *relation);
void atk_relation_set_add (AtkRelationSet *set,
AtkRelation *relation);
gint atk_relation_set_get_n_relations (AtkRelationSet *set);
AtkRelation* atk_relation_set_get_relation (AtkRelationSet *set,
gint i);
AtkRelation* atk_relation_set_get_relation_by_type (AtkRelationSet *set,
AtkRelationType relationship);
void atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (AtkRelationSet *set,
AtkRelationType relationship,
AtkObject *target);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_RELATION_SET_H__ */

83
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkrelationtype.h
View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_RELATION_TYPE_H__
#define __ATK_RELATION_TYPE_H__
#include <glib.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
*AtkRelationType:
*@ATK_RELATION_NULL: Not used, represens "no relationship" or an error condition.
*@ATK_RELATION_CONTROLLED_BY: Indicates an object controlled by one or more target objects.
*@ATK_RELATION_CONTROLLER_FOR: Indicates an object is an controller for one or more target objects.
*@ATK_RELATION_LABEL_FOR: Indicates an object is a label for one or more target objects.
*@ATK_RELATION_LABELLED_BY: Indicates an object is labelled by one or more target objects.
*@ATK_RELATION_MEMBER_OF: Indicates an object is a member of a group of one or more target objects.
*@ATK_RELATION_NODE_CHILD_OF: Indicates an object is a cell in a treetable which is displayed because a cell in the same column is expanded and identifies that cell.
*@ATK_RELATION_FLOWS_TO: Indicates that the object has content that flows logically to another
* AtkObject in a sequential way, (for instance text-flow).
*@ATK_RELATION_FLOWS_FROM: Indicates that the object has content that flows logically from
* another AtkObject in a sequential way, (for instance text-flow).
*@ATK_RELATION_SUBWINDOW_OF: Indicates a subwindow attached to a component but otherwise has no connection in the UI heirarchy to that component.
*@ATK_RELATION_EMBEDS: Indicates that the object visually embeds
* another object's content, i.e. this object's content flows around
* another's content.
*@ATK_RELATION_EMBEDDED_BY: Inverse of %ATK_RELATION_EMBEDS, indicates that
* this object's content is visualy embedded in another object.
*@ATK_RELATION_POPUP_FOR: Indicates that an object is a popup for another object.
*@ATK_RELATION_PARENT_WINDOW_OF: Indicates that an object is a parent window of another object.
*@ATK_RELATION_DESCRIBED_BY: Indicates that another object provides descriptive information about this object; more verbose than ATK_RELATION_LABELLED_BY.
*@ATK_RELATION_DESCRIPTION_FOR: Indicates that an object provides descriptive information about another object; more verbose than ATK_RELATION_LABEL_FOR.
*@ATK_RELATION_NODE_PARENT_OF: Indicates an object is a cell in a treetable and is expanded to display other cells in the same column.
*@ATK_RELATION_LAST_DEFINED: Not used, this value indicates the end of the enumeration.
*
*Describes the type of the relation
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_RELATION_NULL = 0,
ATK_RELATION_CONTROLLED_BY,
ATK_RELATION_CONTROLLER_FOR,
ATK_RELATION_LABEL_FOR,
ATK_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
ATK_RELATION_MEMBER_OF,
ATK_RELATION_NODE_CHILD_OF,
ATK_RELATION_FLOWS_TO,
ATK_RELATION_FLOWS_FROM,
ATK_RELATION_SUBWINDOW_OF,
ATK_RELATION_EMBEDS,
ATK_RELATION_EMBEDDED_BY,
ATK_RELATION_POPUP_FOR,
ATK_RELATION_PARENT_WINDOW_OF,
ATK_RELATION_DESCRIBED_BY,
ATK_RELATION_DESCRIPTION_FOR,
ATK_RELATION_NODE_PARENT_OF,
ATK_RELATION_LAST_DEFINED
} AtkRelationType;
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_RELATION_TYPE_H__ */

95
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkselection.h
View file

@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_SELECTION_H__
#define __ATK_SELECTION_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* This AtkSelection interface provides the standard mechanism for an
* assistive technology to determine what the current selected children are,
* as well as modify the selection set. Any object that has children that
* can be selected should support the AtkSelection interface.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_SELECTION (atk_selection_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_SELECTION(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_SELECTION)
#define ATK_SELECTION(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_SELECTION, AtkSelection)
#define ATK_SELECTION_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_SELECTION, AtkSelectionIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_SELECTION_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_SELECTION_
typedef struct _AtkSelection AtkSelection;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkSelectionIface AtkSelectionIface;
struct _AtkSelectionIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
gboolean (* add_selection) (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gboolean (* clear_selection) (AtkSelection *selection);
AtkObject* (* ref_selection) (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gint (* get_selection_count) (AtkSelection *selection);
gboolean (* is_child_selected) (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gboolean (* remove_selection) (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gboolean (* select_all_selection) (AtkSelection *selection);
/* signal handlers */
void (*selection_changed) (AtkSelection *selection);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
};
GType atk_selection_get_type (void);
gboolean atk_selection_add_selection (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gboolean atk_selection_clear_selection (AtkSelection *selection);
AtkObject* atk_selection_ref_selection (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gint atk_selection_get_selection_count (AtkSelection *selection);
gboolean atk_selection_is_child_selected (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gboolean atk_selection_remove_selection (AtkSelection *selection,
gint i);
gboolean atk_selection_select_all_selection (AtkSelection *selection);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_SELECTION_H__ */

65
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atksocket.h
View file

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2009 Novell, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_SOCKET_H__
#define __ATK_SOCKET_H__
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_SOCKET (atk_socket_get_type ())
#define ATK_SOCKET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_SOCKET, AtkSocket))
#define ATK_IS_SOCKET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_SOCKET))
#define ATK_SOCKET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_SOCKET, AtkSocketClass))
#define ATK_IS_SOCKET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_SOCKET))
#define ATK_SOCKET_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_SOCKET, AtkSocketClass))
typedef struct _AtkSocket AtkSocket;
typedef struct _AtkSocketClass AtkSocketClass;
struct _AtkSocket
{
AtkObject parent;
/*< private >*/
gchar* embedded_plug_id;
};
GType atk_socket_get_type (void);
struct _AtkSocketClass
{
AtkObjectClass parent_class;
/* to be subscribed to by atk-bridge */
/*< protected >*/
void (* embed) (AtkSocket *obj, gchar* plug_id);
};
AtkObject* atk_socket_new (void);
void atk_socket_embed (AtkSocket* obj, gchar* plug_id);
gboolean atk_socket_is_occupied (AtkSocket* obj);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_SOCKET_H__ */

178
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkstate.h
View file

@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_STATE_H__
#define __ATK_STATE_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
*AtkStateType:
*@ATK_STATE_INVALID: Indicates an invalid state - probably an error condition.
*@ATK_STATE_ACTIVE: Indicates a window is currently the active window, or is an active subelement within a container or table
*@ATK_STATE_ARMED: Indicates that the object is 'armed', i.e. will be activated by if a pointer button-release event occurs within its bounds. Buttons often enter this state when a pointer click occurs within their bounds, as a precursor to activation.
*@ATK_STATE_BUSY: Indicates the current object is busy, i.e. onscreen representation is in the process of changing, or the object is temporarily unavailable for interaction due to activity already in progress. This state may be used by implementors of Document to indicate that content loading is underway. It also may indicate other 'pending' conditions; clients may wish to interrogate this object when the ATK_STATE_BUSY flag is removed.
*@ATK_STATE_CHECKED: Indicates this object is currently checked, for instance a checkbox is 'non-empty'.
*@ATK_STATE_DEFUNCT: Indicates that this object no longer has a valid backing widget (for instance, if its peer object has been destroyed)
*@ATK_STATE_EDITABLE: Indicates the user can change the contents of this object
*@ATK_STATE_ENABLED: Indicates that this object is enabled, i.e. that it currently reflects some application state. Objects that are "greyed out" may lack this state, and may lack the STATE_SENSITIVE if direct user interaction cannot cause them to acquire STATE_ENABLED. See also: ATK_STATE_SENSITIVE
*@ATK_STATE_EXPANDABLE: Indicates this object allows progressive disclosure of its children
*@ATK_STATE_EXPANDED: Indicates this object its expanded - see ATK_STATE_EXPANDABLE above
*@ATK_STATE_FOCUSABLE: Indicates this object can accept keyboard focus, which means all events resulting from typing on the keyboard will normally be passed to it when it has focus
*@ATK_STATE_FOCUSED: Indicates this object currently has the keyboard focus
*@ATK_STATE_HORIZONTAL: Indicates the orientation of this object is horizontal; used, for instance, by objects of ATK_ROLE_SCROLL_BAR. For objects where vertical/horizontal orientation is especially meaningful.
*@ATK_STATE_ICONIFIED: Indicates this object is minimized and is represented only by an icon
*@ATK_STATE_MODAL: Indicates something must be done with this object before the user can interact with an object in a different window
*@ATK_STATE_MULTI_LINE: Indicates this (text) object can contain multiple lines of text
*@ATK_STATE_MULTISELECTABLE: Indicates this object allows more than one of its children to be selected at the same time, or in the case of text objects, that the object supports non-contiguous text selections.
*@ATK_STATE_OPAQUE: Indicates this object paints every pixel within its rectangular region.
*@ATK_STATE_PRESSED: Indicates this object is currently pressed; c.f. ATK_STATE_ARMED
*@ATK_STATE_RESIZABLE: Indicates the size of this object is not fixed
*@ATK_STATE_SELECTABLE: Indicates this object is the child of an object that allows its children to be selected and that this child is one of those children that can be selected
*@ATK_STATE_SELECTED: Indicates this object is the child of an object that allows its children to be selected and that this child is one of those children that has been selected
*@ATK_STATE_SENSITIVE: Indicates this object is sensitive, e.g. to user interaction.
* STATE_SENSITIVE usually accompanies STATE_ENABLED for user-actionable controls,
* but may be found in the absence of STATE_ENABLED if the current visible state of the
* control is "disconnected" from the application state. In such cases, direct user interaction
* can often result in the object gaining STATE_SENSITIVE, for instance if a user makes
* an explicit selection using an object whose current state is ambiguous or undefined.
* @see STATE_ENABLED, STATE_INDETERMINATE.
*@ATK_STATE_SHOWING: Indicates this object, the object's parent, the object's parent's parent, and so on,
* are all 'shown' to the end-user, i.e. subject to "exposure" if blocking or obscuring objects do not interpose
* between this object and the top of the window stack.
*@ATK_STATE_SINGLE_LINE: Indicates this (text) object can contain only a single line of text
*@ATK_STATE_STALE: Indicates that the information returned for this object may no longer be
* synchronized with the application state. This is implied if the object has STATE_TRANSIENT,
* and can also occur towards the end of the object peer's lifecycle. It can also be used to indicate that
* the index associated with this object has changed since the user accessed the object (in lieu of
* "index-in-parent-changed" events).
*@ATK_STATE_TRANSIENT: Indicates this object is transient, i.e. a snapshot which may not emit events when its
* state changes. Data from objects with ATK_STATE_TRANSIENT should not be cached, since there may be no
* notification given when the cached data becomes obsolete.
*@ATK_STATE_VERTICAL: Indicates the orientation of this object is vertical
*@ATK_STATE_VISIBLE: Indicates this object is visible, e.g. has been explicitly marked for exposure to the user.
* @note: STATE_VISIBLE is no guarantee that the object is actually unobscured on the screen, only
* that it is 'potentially' visible, barring obstruction, being scrolled or clipped out of the
* field of view, or having an ancestor container that has not yet made visible.
* A widget is potentially onscreen if it has both STATE_VISIBLE and STATE_SHOWING.
* The absence of STATE_VISIBLE and STATE_SHOWING is semantically equivalent to saying
* that an object is 'hidden'. See also STATE_TRUNCATED, which applies if a VISIBLE and SHOWING object
* lies within a viewport which means that its contents are clipped, e.g. a truncated spreadsheet cell or
* an image within a scrolling viewport. Mostly useful for screen-review and magnification algorithms.
*@ATK_STATE_MANAGES_DESCENDANTS: Indicates that "active-descendant-changed" event
* is sent when children become 'active' (i.e. are selected or navigated to onscreen).
* Used to prevent need to enumerate all children in very large containers, like tables.
* The presence of STATE_MANAGES_DESCENDANTS is an indication to the client.
* that the children should not, and need not, be enumerated by the client.
* Objects implementing this state are expected to provide relevant state
* notifications to listening clients, for instance notifications of visibility
* changes and activation of their contained child objects, without the client
* having previously requested references to those children.
*@ATK_STATE_INDETERMINATE: Indicates that a check box is in a state other than checked or not checked.
* This usually means that the boolean value reflected or
* controlled by the object does not apply consistently to the entire current context.
* For example, a checkbox for the "Bold" attribute of text may have STATE_INDETERMINATE
* if the currently selected text contains a mixture of weight attributes.
* In many cases interacting with a STATE_INDETERMINATE object will cause
* the context's corresponding boolean attribute to be homogenized, whereupon the object
* will lose STATE_INDETERMINATE and a corresponding state-changed event will be fired.
*@ATK_STATE_TRUNCATED: Indicates that an object is truncated, e.g. a text value in a speradsheet cell.
*@ATK_STATE_REQUIRED: Indicates that explicit user interaction with an object is required by the user interface, e.g. a required field in a "web-form" interface.
*@ATK_STATE_INVALID_ENTRY: Indicates that the object has encountered an error condition due to failure of input validation. For instance, a form control may acquire this state in response to invalid or malformed user input.
*@ATK_STATE_SUPPORTS_AUTOCOMPLETION: Indicates that the object in question implements some form of ¨typeahead¨ or
* pre-selection behavior whereby entering the first character of one or more sub-elements
* causes those elements to scroll into view or become selected. Subsequent character input
* may narrow the selection further as long as one or more sub-elements match the string.
* This state is normally only useful and encountered on objects that implement Selection.
* In some cases the typeahead behavior may result in full or partial ¨completion¨ of
* the data in the input field, in which case these input events may trigger text-changed
* events from the AtkText interface. This state supplants @ATK_ROLE_AUTOCOMPLETE.
*@ATK_STATE_SELECTABLE_TEXT:Indicates that the object in question supports text selection. It should only be exposed on objects which implement the Text interface, in order to distinguish this state from @ATK_STATE_SELECTABLE, which infers that the object in question is a selectable child of an object which implements Selection. While similar, text selection and subelement selection are distinct operations.
*@ATK_STATE_DEFAULT: Indicates that the object is the "default" active component, i.e. the object which is activated by an end-user press of the "Enter" or "Return" key. Typically a "close" or "submit" button.
*@ATK_STATE_ANIMATED: Indicates that the object changes its appearance dynamically as an inherent part of its presentation. This state may come and go if an object is only temporarily animated on the way to a 'final' onscreen presentation.
* @note some applications, notably content viewers, may not be able to detect
* all kinds of animated content. Therefore the absence of this state should not
* be taken as definitive evidence that the object's visual representation is
* static; this state is advisory.
*@ATK_STATE_VISITED: Indicates that the object (typically a hyperlink) has already been 'activated', and/or its backing data has already been downloaded, rendered, or otherwise "visited".
*@ATK_STATE_LAST_DEFINED: Not a valid state, used for finding end of enumeration
*
*The possible types of states of an object
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_STATE_INVALID,
ATK_STATE_ACTIVE,
ATK_STATE_ARMED,
ATK_STATE_BUSY,
ATK_STATE_CHECKED,
ATK_STATE_DEFUNCT,
ATK_STATE_EDITABLE,
ATK_STATE_ENABLED,
ATK_STATE_EXPANDABLE,
ATK_STATE_EXPANDED,
ATK_STATE_FOCUSABLE,
ATK_STATE_FOCUSED,
ATK_STATE_HORIZONTAL,
ATK_STATE_ICONIFIED,
ATK_STATE_MODAL,
ATK_STATE_MULTI_LINE,
ATK_STATE_MULTISELECTABLE,
ATK_STATE_OPAQUE,
ATK_STATE_PRESSED,
ATK_STATE_RESIZABLE,
ATK_STATE_SELECTABLE,
ATK_STATE_SELECTED,
ATK_STATE_SENSITIVE,
ATK_STATE_SHOWING,
ATK_STATE_SINGLE_LINE,
ATK_STATE_STALE,
ATK_STATE_TRANSIENT,
ATK_STATE_VERTICAL,
ATK_STATE_VISIBLE,
ATK_STATE_MANAGES_DESCENDANTS,
ATK_STATE_INDETERMINATE,
ATK_STATE_TRUNCATED,
ATK_STATE_REQUIRED,
ATK_STATE_INVALID_ENTRY,
ATK_STATE_SUPPORTS_AUTOCOMPLETION,
ATK_STATE_SELECTABLE_TEXT,
ATK_STATE_DEFAULT,
ATK_STATE_ANIMATED,
ATK_STATE_VISITED,
ATK_STATE_LAST_DEFINED
} AtkStateType;
typedef guint64 AtkState;
AtkStateType atk_state_type_register (const gchar *name);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_state_type_get_name (AtkStateType type);
AtkStateType atk_state_type_for_name (const gchar *name);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_STATE_H__ */

80
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkstateset.h
View file

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_STATE_SET_H__
#define __ATK_STATE_SET_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkstate.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_STATE_SET (atk_state_set_get_type ())
#define ATK_STATE_SET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_STATE_SET, AtkStateSet))
#define ATK_STATE_SET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_STATE_SET, AtkStateSetClass))
#define ATK_IS_STATE_SET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_STATE_SET))
#define ATK_IS_STATE_SET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_STATE_SET))
#define ATK_STATE_SET_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_STATE_SET, AtkStateSetClass))
typedef struct _AtkStateSetClass AtkStateSetClass;
struct _AtkStateSet
{
GObject parent;
};
struct _AtkStateSetClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
};
GType atk_state_set_get_type (void);
AtkStateSet* atk_state_set_new (void);
gboolean atk_state_set_is_empty (AtkStateSet *set);
gboolean atk_state_set_add_state (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateType type);
void atk_state_set_add_states (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateType *types,
gint n_types);
void atk_state_set_clear_states (AtkStateSet *set);
gboolean atk_state_set_contains_state (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateType type);
gboolean atk_state_set_contains_states (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateType *types,
gint n_types);
gboolean atk_state_set_remove_state (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateType type);
AtkStateSet* atk_state_set_and_sets (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateSet *compare_set);
AtkStateSet* atk_state_set_or_sets (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateSet *compare_set);
AtkStateSet* atk_state_set_xor_sets (AtkStateSet *set,
AtkStateSet *compare_set);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_STATE_SET_H__ */

105
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkstreamablecontent.h
View file

@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT_H__
#define __ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_STREAMABLE_CONTENT (atk_streamable_content_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_STREAMABLE_CONTENT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_STREAMABLE_CONTENT)
#define ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_STREAMABLE_CONTENT, AtkStreamableContent)
#define ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_STREAMABLE_CONTENT, AtkStreamableContentIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT
typedef struct _AtkStreamableContent AtkStreamableContent;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkStreamableContentIface AtkStreamableContentIface;
struct _AtkStreamableContentIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
/*
* Get the number of mime types supported by this object
*/
gint (* get_n_mime_types) (AtkStreamableContent *streamable);
/*
* Gets the specified mime type supported by this object.
* The mime types are 0-based so the first mime type is
* at index 0, the second at index 1 and so on. The mime-type
* at index 0 should be considered the "default" data type for the stream.
*
* This assumes that the strings for the mime types are stored in the
* AtkStreamableContent. Alternatively the G_CONST_RETURN could be removed
* and the caller would be responsible for calling g_free() on the
* returned value.
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (* get_mime_type) (AtkStreamableContent *streamable,
gint i);
/*
* One possible implementation for this method is that it constructs the
* content appropriate for the mime type and then creates a temporary
* file containing the content, opens the file and then calls
* g_io_channel_unix_new_fd().
*/
GIOChannel* (* get_stream) (AtkStreamableContent *streamable,
const gchar *mime_type);
/*
* Returns a string representing a URI in IETF standard format
* (see http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt) from which the object's content
* may be streamed in the specified mime-type.
* If mime_type is NULL, the URI for the default (and possibly only) mime-type is
* returned.
*
* returns NULL if the mime-type is not supported, or if no URI can be
* constructed. Note that it is possible for get_uri to return NULL but for
* get_stream to work nonetheless, since not all GIOChannels connect to URIs.
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (* get_uri) (AtkStreamableContent *streamable,
const gchar *mime_type);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
AtkFunction pad3;
};
GType atk_streamable_content_get_type (void);
gint atk_streamable_content_get_n_mime_types (AtkStreamableContent *streamable);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_streamable_content_get_mime_type (AtkStreamableContent *streamable,
gint i);
GIOChannel* atk_streamable_content_get_stream (AtkStreamableContent *streamable,
const gchar *mime_type);
gchar* atk_streamable_content_get_uri (AtkStreamableContent *streamable,
const gchar *mime_type);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_STREAMABLE_CONTENT_H__ */

217
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atktable.h
View file

@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_TABLE_H__
#define __ATK_TABLE_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* AtkTable describes a user-interface component that presents data in
* two-dimensional table format.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_TABLE (atk_table_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_TABLE(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_TABLE)
#define ATK_TABLE(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_TABLE, AtkTable)
#define ATK_TABLE_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_TABLE, AtkTableIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_TABLE_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_TABLE_
typedef struct _AtkTable AtkTable;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkTableIface AtkTableIface;
struct _AtkTableIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
AtkObject* (* ref_at) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gint (* get_index_at) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gint (* get_column_at_index) (AtkTable *table,
gint index_);
gint (* get_row_at_index) (AtkTable *table,
gint index_);
gint (* get_n_columns) (AtkTable *table);
gint (* get_n_rows) (AtkTable *table);
gint (* get_column_extent_at) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gint (* get_row_extent_at) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
AtkObject*
(* get_caption) (AtkTable *table);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
(* get_column_description) (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
AtkObject* (* get_column_header) (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
(* get_row_description) (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
AtkObject* (* get_row_header) (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
AtkObject* (* get_summary) (AtkTable *table);
void (* set_caption) (AtkTable *table,
AtkObject *caption);
void (* set_column_description) (AtkTable *table,
gint column,
const gchar *description);
void (* set_column_header) (AtkTable *table,
gint column,
AtkObject *header);
void (* set_row_description) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
const gchar *description);
void (* set_row_header) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
AtkObject *header);
void (* set_summary) (AtkTable *table,
AtkObject *accessible);
gint (* get_selected_columns) (AtkTable *table,
gint **selected);
gint (* get_selected_rows) (AtkTable *table,
gint **selected);
gboolean (* is_column_selected) (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
gboolean (* is_row_selected) (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
gboolean (* is_selected) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gboolean (* add_row_selection) (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
gboolean (* remove_row_selection) (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
gboolean (* add_column_selection) (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
gboolean (* remove_column_selection) (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
/*
* signal handlers
*/
void (* row_inserted) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint num_inserted);
void (* column_inserted) (AtkTable *table,
gint column,
gint num_inserted);
void (* row_deleted) (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint num_deleted);
void (* column_deleted) (AtkTable *table,
gint column,
gint num_deleted);
void (* row_reordered) (AtkTable *table);
void (* column_reordered) (AtkTable *table);
void (* model_changed) (AtkTable *table);
AtkFunction pad1;
AtkFunction pad2;
AtkFunction pad3;
AtkFunction pad4;
};
GType atk_table_get_type (void);
AtkObject* atk_table_ref_at (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gint atk_table_get_index_at (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gint atk_table_get_column_at_index (AtkTable *table,
gint index_);
gint atk_table_get_row_at_index (AtkTable *table,
gint index_);
gint atk_table_get_n_columns (AtkTable *table);
gint atk_table_get_n_rows (AtkTable *table);
gint atk_table_get_column_extent_at (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gint atk_table_get_row_extent_at (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
AtkObject*
atk_table_get_caption (AtkTable *table);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
atk_table_get_column_description (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
AtkObject* atk_table_get_column_header (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
atk_table_get_row_description (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
AtkObject* atk_table_get_row_header (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
AtkObject* atk_table_get_summary (AtkTable *table);
void atk_table_set_caption (AtkTable *table,
AtkObject *caption);
void atk_table_set_column_description
(AtkTable *table,
gint column,
const gchar *description);
void atk_table_set_column_header (AtkTable *table,
gint column,
AtkObject *header);
void atk_table_set_row_description (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
const gchar *description);
void atk_table_set_row_header (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
AtkObject *header);
void atk_table_set_summary (AtkTable *table,
AtkObject *accessible);
gint atk_table_get_selected_columns (AtkTable *table,
gint **selected);
gint atk_table_get_selected_rows (AtkTable *table,
gint **selected);
gboolean atk_table_is_column_selected (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
gboolean atk_table_is_row_selected (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
gboolean atk_table_is_selected (AtkTable *table,
gint row,
gint column);
gboolean atk_table_add_row_selection (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
gboolean atk_table_remove_row_selection (AtkTable *table,
gint row);
gboolean atk_table_add_column_selection (AtkTable *table,
gint column);
gboolean atk_table_remove_column_selection
(AtkTable *table,
gint column);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_TABLE_H__ */

365
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atktext.h
View file

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - The Accessibility Toolkit for GTK+
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_TEXT_H__
#define __ATK_TEXT_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
#include <atk/atkutil.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
*AtkTextAttribute
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid attribute
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_LEFT_MARGIN: The pixel width of the left margin
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_MARGIN: The pixel width of the right margin
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_INDENT: The number of pixels that the text is indented
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_INVISIBLE: Either "true" or "false" indicating whether text is visible or not
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_EDITABLE: Either "true" or "false" indicating whether text is editable or not
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_PIXELS_ABOVE_LINES: Pixels of blank space to leave above each newline-terminated line.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_PIXELS_BELOW_LINES: Pixels of blank space to leave below each newline-terminated line.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_PIXELS_INSIDE_WRAP: Pixels of blank space to leave between wrapped lines inside the same newline-terminated line (paragraph).
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_BG_FULL_HEIGHT: "true" or "false" whether to make the background color for each character the height of the highest font used on the current line, or the height of the font used for the current character.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_RISE: Number of pixels that the characters are risen above the baseline
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_UNDERLINE: "none", "single", "double", "low", or "error"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_STRIKETHROUGH: "true" or "false" whether the text is strikethrough
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_SIZE: The size of the characters.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_SCALE: The scale of the characters. The value is a string representation of a double
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_WEIGHT: The weight of the characters.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_LANGUAGE: The language used
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_FAMILY_NAME: The font family name
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_BG_COLOR: The background color. The value is an RGB value of the format "%u,%u,%u"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_FG_COLOR:The foreground color. The value is an RGB value of the format "%u,%u,%u"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_BG_STIPPLE: "true" if a #GdkBitmap is set for stippling the background color.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_FG_STIPPLE: "true" if a #GdkBitmap is set for stippling the foreground color.
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_WRAP_MODE: The wrap mode of the text, if any. Values are "none", "char", "word", or "word_char".
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_DIRECTION: The direction of the text, if set. Values are "none", "ltr" or "rtl"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_JUSTIFICATION: The justification of the text, if set. Values are "left", "right", "center" or "fill"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_STRETCH: The stretch of the text, if set. Values are "ultra_condensed", "extra_condensed", "condensed", "semi_condensed", "normal", "semi_expanded", "expanded", "extra_expanded" or "ultra_expanded"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_VARIANT: The capitalization variant of the text, if set. Values are "normal" or "small_caps"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_STYLE: The slant style of the text, if set. Values are "normal", "oblique" or "italic"
*@ATK_TEXT_ATTR_LAST_DEFINED: not a valid text attribute, used for finding end of enumeration
*
* Describes the text attributes supported
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_INVALID = 0,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_LEFT_MARGIN,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_MARGIN,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_INDENT,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_INVISIBLE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_EDITABLE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_PIXELS_ABOVE_LINES,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_PIXELS_BELOW_LINES,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_PIXELS_INSIDE_WRAP,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_BG_FULL_HEIGHT,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_RISE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_UNDERLINE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_STRIKETHROUGH,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_SIZE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_SCALE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_WEIGHT,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_LANGUAGE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_FAMILY_NAME,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_BG_COLOR,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_FG_COLOR,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_BG_STIPPLE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_FG_STIPPLE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_WRAP_MODE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_DIRECTION,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_JUSTIFICATION,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_STRETCH,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_VARIANT,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_STYLE,
ATK_TEXT_ATTR_LAST_DEFINED
} AtkTextAttribute;
AtkTextAttribute atk_text_attribute_register (const gchar *name);
#define ATK_TYPE_TEXT (atk_text_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_TEXT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_TEXT)
#define ATK_TEXT(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_TEXT, AtkText)
#define ATK_TEXT_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_TEXT, AtkTextIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_TEXT_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_TEXT_
typedef struct _AtkText AtkText;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkTextIface AtkTextIface;
/**
*AtkTextBoundary:
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_CHAR: Boundary is the boundary between characters
* (including non-printing characters)
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_WORD_START: Boundary is the start (i.e. first character) of a word.
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_WORD_END: Boundary is the end (i.e. last character) of a word.
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_SENTENCE_START: Boundary is the first character in a sentence.
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_SENTENCE_END: Boundary is the last (terminal) character in a sentence;
* in languages which use "sentence stop" punctuation such as English, the boundary is thus the
* '.', '?', or similar terminal punctuation character.
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_LINE_START: Boundary is the initial character of the content or a
* character immediately following a newline, linefeed, or return character.
*@ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_LINE_END: Boundary is the linefeed, or return character.
*
*Text boundary types used for specifying boundaries for regions of text
**/
typedef enum {
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_CHAR,
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_WORD_START,
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_WORD_END,
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_SENTENCE_START,
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_SENTENCE_END,
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_LINE_START,
ATK_TEXT_BOUNDARY_LINE_END
} AtkTextBoundary;
/**
* AtkTextRectangle:
* @x: The horizontal coordinate of a rectangle
* @y: The vertical coordinate of a rectangle
* @width: The width of a rectangle
* @height: The height of a rectangle
*
* A structure used to store a rectangle used by AtkText.
**/
typedef struct _AtkTextRectangle AtkTextRectangle;
struct _AtkTextRectangle {
gint x;
gint y;
gint width;
gint height;
};
/**
* AtkTextRange:
* @bounds: A rectangle giving the bounds of the text range
* @start_offset: The start offset of a AtkTextRange
* @end_offset: The end offset of a AtkTextRange
* @content: The text in the text range
*
* A structure used to describe a text range.
**/
typedef struct _AtkTextRange AtkTextRange;
struct _AtkTextRange {
AtkTextRectangle bounds;
gint start_offset;
gint end_offset;
gchar* content;
};
/**
*AtkTextClipType
*@ATK_TEXT_CLIP_NONE: No clipping to be done
*@ATK_TEXT_CLIP_MIN: Text clipped by min coordinate is omitted
*@ATK_TEXT_CLIP_MAX: Text clipped by max coordinate is omitted
*@ATK_TEXT_CLIP_BOTH: Only text fully within mix/max bound is retained
*
*Describes the type of clipping required.
**/
typedef enum {
ATK_TEXT_CLIP_NONE,
ATK_TEXT_CLIP_MIN,
ATK_TEXT_CLIP_MAX,
ATK_TEXT_CLIP_BOTH
} AtkTextClipType;
struct _AtkTextIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
gchar* (* get_text) (AtkText *text,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
gchar* (* get_text_after_offset) (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gchar* (* get_text_at_offset) (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gunichar (* get_character_at_offset) (AtkText *text,
gint offset);
gchar* (* get_text_before_offset) (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gint (* get_caret_offset) (AtkText *text);
AtkAttributeSet* (* get_run_attributes) (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
AtkAttributeSet* (* get_default_attributes) (AtkText *text);
void (* get_character_extents) (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
gint *x,
gint *y,
gint *width,
gint *height,
AtkCoordType coords);
gint (* get_character_count) (AtkText *text);
gint (* get_offset_at_point) (AtkText *text,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coords);
gint (* get_n_selections) (AtkText *text);
gchar* (* get_selection) (AtkText *text,
gint selection_num,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gboolean (* add_selection) (AtkText *text,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
gboolean (* remove_selection) (AtkText *text,
gint selection_num);
gboolean (* set_selection) (AtkText *text,
gint selection_num,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
gboolean (* set_caret_offset) (AtkText *text,
gint offset);
/*
* signal handlers
*/
void (* text_changed) (AtkText *text,
gint position,
gint length);
void (* text_caret_moved) (AtkText *text,
gint location);
void (* text_selection_changed) (AtkText *text);
void (* text_attributes_changed) (AtkText *text);
void (* get_range_extents) (AtkText *text,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset,
AtkCoordType coord_type,
AtkTextRectangle *rect);
AtkTextRange** (* get_bounded_ranges) (AtkText *text,
AtkTextRectangle *rect,
AtkCoordType coord_type,
AtkTextClipType x_clip_type,
AtkTextClipType y_clip_type);
AtkFunction pad4;
};
GType atk_text_get_type (void);
/*
* Additional AtkObject properties used by AtkText:
* "accessible_text" (accessible text has changed)
* "accessible_caret" (accessible text cursor position changed:
* editable text only)
*/
gchar* atk_text_get_text (AtkText *text,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
gunichar atk_text_get_character_at_offset (AtkText *text,
gint offset);
gchar* atk_text_get_text_after_offset (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gchar* atk_text_get_text_at_offset (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gchar* atk_text_get_text_before_offset (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gint atk_text_get_caret_offset (AtkText *text);
void atk_text_get_character_extents (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
gint *x,
gint *y,
gint *width,
gint *height,
AtkCoordType coords);
AtkAttributeSet* atk_text_get_run_attributes (AtkText *text,
gint offset,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
AtkAttributeSet* atk_text_get_default_attributes (AtkText *text);
gint atk_text_get_character_count (AtkText *text);
gint atk_text_get_offset_at_point (AtkText *text,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coords);
gint atk_text_get_n_selections (AtkText *text);
gchar* atk_text_get_selection (AtkText *text,
gint selection_num,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gboolean atk_text_add_selection (AtkText *text,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
gboolean atk_text_remove_selection (AtkText *text,
gint selection_num);
gboolean atk_text_set_selection (AtkText *text,
gint selection_num,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset);
gboolean atk_text_set_caret_offset (AtkText *text,
gint offset);
void atk_text_get_range_extents (AtkText *text,
gint start_offset,
gint end_offset,
AtkCoordType coord_type,
AtkTextRectangle *rect);
AtkTextRange** atk_text_get_bounded_ranges (AtkText *text,
AtkTextRectangle *rect,
AtkCoordType coord_type,
AtkTextClipType x_clip_type,
AtkTextClipType y_clip_type);
void atk_text_free_ranges (AtkTextRange **ranges);
void atk_attribute_set_free (AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_text_attribute_get_name (AtkTextAttribute attr);
AtkTextAttribute atk_text_attribute_for_name (const gchar *name);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* atk_text_attribute_get_value (AtkTextAttribute attr,
gint index_);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_TEXT_H__ */

313
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkutil.h
View file

@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_UTIL_H__
#define __ATK_UTIL_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define ATK_TYPE_UTIL (atk_util_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_UTIL(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_UTIL)
#define ATK_UTIL(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_UTIL, AtkUtil)
#define ATK_UTIL_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), ATK_TYPE_UTIL, AtkUtilClass))
#define ATK_IS_UTIL_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), ATK_TYPE_UTIL))
#define ATK_UTIL_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), ATK_TYPE_UTIL, AtkUtilClass))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_UTIL_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_UTIL_
typedef struct _AtkUtil AtkUtil;
typedef struct _AtkUtilClass AtkUtilClass;
typedef struct _AtkKeyEventStruct AtkKeyEventStruct;
#endif
/**
* AtkEventListener:
* @obj: An #AtkObject instance for whom the callback will be called when
* the specified event (e.g. 'focus:') takes place.
*
* A function which is called when an object emits a matching event,
* as used in #atk_add_focus_tracker.
* Currently the only events for which object-specific handlers are
* supported are events of type "focus:". Most clients of ATK will prefer to
* attach signal handlers for the various ATK signals instead.
*
* @see: atk_add_focus_tracker.
**/
typedef void (*AtkEventListener) (AtkObject* obj);
/**
* AtkEventListenerInit:
*
* An #AtkEventListenerInit function is a special function that is
* called in order to initialize the per-object event registration system
* used by #AtkEventListener, if any preparation is required.
*
* @see: atk_focus_tracker_init.
**/
typedef void (*AtkEventListenerInit) (void);
/**
* AtkKeySnoopFunc:
* @event: an AtkKeyEventStruct containing information about the key event for which
* notification is being given.
* @func_data: a block of data which will be passed to the event listener, on notification.
*
* An #AtkKeySnoopFunc is a type of callback which is called whenever a key event occurs,
* if registered via atk_add_key_event_listener. It allows for pre-emptive
* interception of key events via the return code as described below.
*
* Returns: TRUE (nonzero) if the event emission should be stopped and the event
* discarded without being passed to the normal GUI recipient; FALSE (zero) if the
* event dispatch to the client application should proceed as normal.
*
* @see: atk_add_key_event_listener.
**/
typedef gint (*AtkKeySnoopFunc) (AtkKeyEventStruct *event,
gpointer func_data);
/**
* AtkKeyEventStruct:
* @type: An AtkKeyEventType, generally one of ATK_KEY_EVENT_PRESS or ATK_KEY_EVENT_RELEASE
* @state: A bitmask representing the state of the modifier keys immediately after the event takes place.
* The meaning of the bits is currently defined to match the bitmask used by GDK in
* GdkEventType.state, see
* http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gdk/gdk-Event-Structures.html#GdkEventKey
* @keyval: A guint representing a keysym value corresponding to those used by GDK and X11: see
* /usr/X11/include/keysymdef.h.
* @length: The length of member #string.
* @string: A string containing one of the following: either a string approximating the text that would
* result from this keypress, if the key is a control or graphic character, or a symbolic name for this keypress.
* Alphanumeric and printable keys will have the symbolic key name in this string member, for instance "A". "0",
* "semicolon", "aacute". Keypad keys have the prefix "KP".
* @keycode: The raw hardware code that generated the key event. This field is raraly useful.
* @timestamp: A timestamp in milliseconds indicating when the event occurred.
* These timestamps are relative to a starting point which should be considered arbitrary,
* and only used to compare the dispatch times of events to one another.
*
* Encapsulates information about a key event.
**/
struct _AtkKeyEventStruct {
gint type;
guint state;
guint keyval;
gint length;
gchar *string;
guint16 keycode;
guint32 timestamp;
};
/**
*AtkKeyEventType:
*@ATK_KEY_EVENT_PRESS: specifies a key press event
*@ATK_KEY_EVENT_RELEASE: specifies a key release event
*@ATK_KEY_EVENT_LAST_DEFINED: Not a valid value; specifies end of enumeration
*
*Specifies the type of a keyboard evemt.
**/
typedef enum
{
ATK_KEY_EVENT_PRESS,
ATK_KEY_EVENT_RELEASE,
ATK_KEY_EVENT_LAST_DEFINED
} AtkKeyEventType;
struct _AtkUtil
{
GObject parent;
};
struct _AtkUtilClass
{
GObjectClass parent;
guint (* add_global_event_listener) (GSignalEmissionHook listener,
const gchar *event_type);
void (* remove_global_event_listener) (guint listener_id);
guint (* add_key_event_listener) (AtkKeySnoopFunc listener,
gpointer data);
void (* remove_key_event_listener) (guint listener_id);
AtkObject* (* get_root) (void);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (* get_toolkit_name) (void);
G_CONST_RETURN gchar* (* get_toolkit_version) (void);
};
GType atk_util_get_type (void);
/**
*AtkCoordType:
*@ATK_XY_SCREEN: specifies xy coordinates relative to the screen
*@ATK_XY_WINDOW: specifies xy coordinates relative to the widget's
* top-level window
*
*Specifies how xy coordinates are to be interpreted. Used by functions such
*as atk_component_get_position() and atk_text_get_character_extents()
**/
typedef enum {
ATK_XY_SCREEN,
ATK_XY_WINDOW
}AtkCoordType;
/*
* Adds the specified function to the list of functions to be called
* when an object receives focus.
*/
guint atk_add_focus_tracker (AtkEventListener focus_tracker);
/*
* Removes the specified focus tracker from the list of function
* to be called when any object receives focus
*/
void atk_remove_focus_tracker (guint tracker_id);
/*
* atk_focus_tracker_init:
* @init: An #AtkEventListenerInit function to be called
* prior to any focus-tracking requests.
*
* Specifies the function to be called for focus tracker initialization.
* removal. This function should be called by an implementation of the
* ATK interface if any specific work needs to be done to enable
* focus tracking.
*/
void atk_focus_tracker_init (AtkEventListenerInit init);
/*
* Cause the focus tracker functions which have been specified to be
* executed for the object.
*/
void atk_focus_tracker_notify (AtkObject *object);
/*
* Adds the specified function to the list of functions to be called
* when an event of type event_type occurs.
*/
guint atk_add_global_event_listener (GSignalEmissionHook listener,
const gchar *event_type);
/*
* Removes the specified event listener
*/
void atk_remove_global_event_listener (guint listener_id);
/*
* Adds the specified function to the list of functions to be called
* when an keyboard event occurs.
*/
guint atk_add_key_event_listener (AtkKeySnoopFunc listener, gpointer data);
/*
* Removes the specified event listener
*/
void atk_remove_key_event_listener (guint listener_id);
/*
* Returns the root accessible container for the current application.
*/
AtkObject* atk_get_root(void);
AtkObject* atk_get_focus_object (void);
/*
* Returns name string for the GUI toolkit.
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar *atk_get_toolkit_name (void);
/*
* Returns version string for the GUI toolkit.
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar *atk_get_toolkit_version (void);
/*
* Gets the current version of ATK
*/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar *atk_get_version (void);
/* --- GType boilerplate --- */
/* convenience macros for atk type implementations, which for a type GtkGadgetAccessible will:
* - prototype: static void gtk_gadget_accessible_class_init (GtkGadgetClass *klass);
* - prototype: static void gtk_gadget_accessible_init (GtkGadget *self);
* - define: static gpointer gtk_gadget_accessible_parent_class = NULL;
* gtk_gadget_accessible_parent_class is initialized prior to calling gtk_gadget_class_init()
* - implement: GType gtk_gadget_accessible_get_type (void) { ... }
* - support custom code in gtk_gadget_accessible_get_type() after the type is registered.
*
* macro arguments: TypeName, type_name, TYPE_PARENT, CODE
* example: ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkGadgetAccessible, gtk_gadget_accessible, GTK_TYPE_GADGET,
* G_IMPLEMENT_INTERFACE (ATK_TYPE_TABLE, gtk_gadget_accessible_table_iface_init))
*/
#define ATK_DEFINE_TYPE(TN, t_n, T_P) ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED (TN, t_n, T_P, 0, {})
#define ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE(TN, t_n, T_P, _C_) _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_BEGIN (TN, t_n, T_P, 0) {_C_;} _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_END()
#define ATK_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE(TN, t_n, T_P) ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED (TN, t_n, T_P, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT, {})
#define ATK_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE_WITH_CODE(TN, t_n, T_P, _C_) _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_BEGIN (TN, t_n, T_P, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT) {_C_;} _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_END()
#define ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED(TN, t_n, T_P, _f_, _C_) _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_BEGIN (TN, t_n, T_P, _f_) {_C_;} _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_END()
#define _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_BEGIN(TypeName, type_name, TYPE, flags) \
\
static void type_name##_init (TypeName *self); \
static void type_name##_class_init (TypeName##Class *klass); \
static gpointer type_name##_parent_class = NULL; \
static void type_name##_class_intern_init (gpointer klass) \
{ \
type_name##_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass); \
type_name##_class_init ((TypeName##Class*) klass); \
} \
\
GType \
type_name##_get_type (void) \
{ \
static volatile gsize g_define_type_id__volatile = 0; \
if (g_once_init_enter (&g_define_type_id__volatile)) \
{ \
AtkObjectFactory *factory; \
GType derived_type; \
GTypeQuery query; \
GType derived_atk_type; \
GType g_define_type_id; \
\
/* Figure out the size of the class and instance we are deriving from */ \
derived_type = g_type_parent (TYPE); \
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (atk_get_default_registry (), \
derived_type); \
derived_atk_type = atk_object_factory_get_accessible_type (factory); \
g_type_query (derived_atk_type, &query); \
\
g_define_type_id = \
g_type_register_static_simple (derived_atk_type, \
g_intern_static_string (#TypeName), \
query.class_size, \
(GClassInitFunc) type_name##_class_intern_init, \
query.instance_size, \
(GInstanceInitFunc) type_name##_init, \
(GTypeFlags) flags); \
{ /* custom code follows */
#define _ATK_DEFINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_END() \
/* following custom code */ \
} \
g_once_init_leave (&g_define_type_id__volatile, g_define_type_id); \
} \
return g_define_type_id__volatile; \
} /* closes type_name##_get_type() */
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_UTIL_H__ */

93
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/atk-1.0/atk/atkvalue.h
View file

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
/* ATK - Accessibility Toolkit
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(ATK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (__ATK_H_INSIDE__) && !defined (ATK_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <atk/atk.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef __ATK_VALUE_H__
#define __ATK_VALUE_H__
#include <atk/atkobject.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/*
* The AtkValue interface should be supported by any object that
* supports a numerical value (e.g., a scroll bar). This interface
* provides the standard mechanism for an assistive technology to
* determine and set the numerical value as well as get the minimum
* and maximum values.
*/
#define ATK_TYPE_VALUE (atk_value_get_type ())
#define ATK_IS_VALUE(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_VALUE)
#define ATK_VALUE(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), ATK_TYPE_VALUE, AtkValue)
#define ATK_VALUE_GET_IFACE(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_INTERFACE ((obj), ATK_TYPE_VALUE, AtkValueIface))
#ifndef _TYPEDEF_ATK_VALUE_
#define _TYPEDEF_ATK_VALUE__
typedef struct _AtkValue AtkValue;
#endif
typedef struct _AtkValueIface AtkValueIface;
struct _AtkValueIface
{
GTypeInterface parent;
void (* get_current_value) (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
void (* get_maximum_value) (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
void (* get_minimum_value) (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
gboolean (* set_current_value) (AtkValue *obj,
const GValue *value);
void (* get_minimum_increment) (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
AtkFunction pad1;
};
GType atk_value_get_type (void);
void atk_value_get_current_value (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
void atk_value_get_maximum_value (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
void atk_value_get_minimum_value (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
gboolean atk_value_set_current_value (AtkValue *obj,
const GValue *value);
void atk_value_get_minimum_increment (AtkValue *obj,
GValue *value);
/*
* Additional GObject properties exported by GaccessibleValue:
* "accessible_value"
* (the accessible value has changed)
*/
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __ATK_VALUE_H__ */

66
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/autosprintf.h
View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/* Class autosprintf - formatted output to an ostream.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _AUTOSPRINTF_H
#define _AUTOSPRINTF_H
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#include <string>
#include <iostream>
namespace gnu
{
/* A temporary object, usually allocated on the stack, representing
the result of an asprintf() call. */
class autosprintf
{
public:
/* Constructor: takes a format string and the printf arguments. */
autosprintf (const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
/* Copy constructor. */
autosprintf (const autosprintf& src);
/* Destructor: frees the temporarily allocated string. */
~autosprintf ();
/* Conversion to string. */
operator char * () const;
operator std::string () const;
/* Output to an ostream. */
friend inline std::ostream& operator<< (std::ostream& stream, const autosprintf& tmp)
{
stream << (tmp.str ? tmp.str : "(error in autosprintf)");
return stream;
}
private:
char *str;
};
}
#endif /* _AUTOSPRINTF_H */

123
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-deprecated.h
View file

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2006 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Carl D. Worth <cworth@cworth.org>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_DEPRECATED_H
#define CAIRO_DEPRECATED_H
#define CAIRO_FONT_TYPE_ATSUI CAIRO_FONT_TYPE_QUARTZ
/* Obsolete functions. These definitions exist to coerce the compiler
* into providing a little bit of guidance with its error
* messages. The idea is to help users port their old code without
* having to dig through lots of documentation.
*
* The first set of REPLACED_BY functions is for functions whose names
* have just been changed. So fixing these up is mechanical, (and
* automated by means of the cairo/util/cairo-api-update script.
*
* The second set of DEPRECATED_BY functions is for functions where
* the replacement is used in a different way, (ie. different
* arguments, multiple functions instead of one, etc). Fixing these up
* will require a bit more work on the user's part, (and hopefully we
* can get cairo-api-update to find these and print some guiding
* information).
*/
#define cairo_current_font_extents cairo_current_font_extents_REPLACED_BY_cairo_font_extents
#define cairo_get_font_extents cairo_get_font_extents_REPLACED_BY_cairo_font_extents
#define cairo_current_operator cairo_current_operator_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_operator
#define cairo_current_tolerance cairo_current_tolerance_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_tolerance
#define cairo_current_point cairo_current_point_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_current_point
#define cairo_current_fill_rule cairo_current_fill_rule_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_fill_rule
#define cairo_current_line_width cairo_current_line_width_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_line_width
#define cairo_current_line_cap cairo_current_line_cap_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_line_cap
#define cairo_current_line_join cairo_current_line_join_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_line_join
#define cairo_current_miter_limit cairo_current_miter_limit_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_miter_limit
#define cairo_current_matrix cairo_current_matrix_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_matrix
#define cairo_current_target_surface cairo_current_target_surface_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_target
#define cairo_get_status cairo_get_status_REPLACED_BY_cairo_status
#define cairo_concat_matrix cairo_concat_matrix_REPLACED_BY_cairo_transform
#define cairo_scale_font cairo_scale_font_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_font_size
#define cairo_select_font cairo_select_font_REPLACED_BY_cairo_select_font_face
#define cairo_transform_font cairo_transform_font_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_font_matrix
#define cairo_transform_point cairo_transform_point_REPLACED_BY_cairo_user_to_device
#define cairo_transform_distance cairo_transform_distance_REPLACED_BY_cairo_user_to_device_distance
#define cairo_inverse_transform_point cairo_inverse_transform_point_REPLACED_BY_cairo_device_to_user
#define cairo_inverse_transform_distance cairo_inverse_transform_distance_REPLACED_BY_cairo_device_to_user_distance
#define cairo_init_clip cairo_init_clip_REPLACED_BY_cairo_reset_clip
#define cairo_surface_create_for_image cairo_surface_create_for_image_REPLACED_BY_cairo_image_surface_create_for_data
#define cairo_default_matrix cairo_default_matrix_REPLACED_BY_cairo_identity_matrix
#define cairo_matrix_set_affine cairo_matrix_set_affine_REPLACED_BY_cairo_matrix_init
#define cairo_matrix_set_identity cairo_matrix_set_identity_REPLACED_BY_cairo_matrix_init_identity
#define cairo_pattern_add_color_stop cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_REPLACED_BY_cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba
#define cairo_set_rgb_color cairo_set_rgb_color_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_source_rgb
#define cairo_set_pattern cairo_set_pattern_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_source
#define cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xlib_surface_create
#define cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_window_with_visual cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_window_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xlib_surface_create
#define cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xcb_surface_create
#define cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_window_with_visual cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_window_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xcb_surface_create
#define cairo_ps_surface_set_dpi cairo_ps_surface_set_dpi_REPLACED_BY_cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution
#define cairo_pdf_surface_set_dpi cairo_pdf_surface_set_dpi_REPLACED_BY_cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution
#define cairo_svg_surface_set_dpi cairo_svg_surface_set_dpi_REPLACED_BY_cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution
#define cairo_atsui_font_face_create_for_atsu_font_id cairo_atsui_font_face_create_for_atsu_font_id_REPLACED_BY_cairo_quartz_font_face_create_for_atsu_font_id
#define cairo_current_path cairo_current_path_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_copy_path
#define cairo_current_path_flat cairo_current_path_flat_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_copy_path_flat
#define cairo_get_path cairo_get_path_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_copy_path
#define cairo_get_path_flat cairo_get_path_flat_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_get_path_flat
#define cairo_set_alpha cairo_set_alpha_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_set_source_rgba_OR_cairo_paint_with_alpha
#define cairo_show_surface cairo_show_surface_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_set_source_surface_AND_cairo_paint
#define cairo_copy cairo_copy_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_create_AND_MANY_INDIVIDUAL_FUNCTIONS
#define cairo_surface_set_repeat cairo_surface_set_repeat_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_set_extend
#define cairo_surface_set_matrix cairo_surface_set_matrix_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_set_matrix
#define cairo_surface_get_matrix cairo_surface_get_matrix_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_get_matrix
#define cairo_surface_set_filter cairo_surface_set_filter_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_set_filter
#define cairo_surface_get_filter cairo_surface_get_filter_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_get_filter
#define cairo_matrix_create cairo_matrix_create_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_matrix_destroy cairo_matrix_destroy_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_matrix_copy cairo_matrix_copy_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_matrix_get_affine cairo_matrix_get_affine_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_set_target_surface cairo_set_target_surface_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_create
#define cairo_set_target_image cairo_set_target_image_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_image_surface_create_for_data
#define cairo_set_target_pdf cairo_set_target_pdf_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pdf_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_png cairo_set_target_png_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_surface_write_to_png
#define cairo_set_target_ps cairo_set_target_ps_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_ps_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_quartz cairo_set_target_quartz_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_quartz_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_win32 cairo_set_target_win32_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_win32_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_xcb cairo_set_target_xcb_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_xcb_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_drawable cairo_set_target_drawable_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_xlib_surface_create
#define cairo_get_status_string cairo_get_status_string_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_status_AND_cairo_status_to_string
#define cairo_status_string cairo_status_string_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_status_AND_cairo_status_to_string
#endif /* CAIRO_DEPRECATED_H */

27
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-features.h
View file

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
/* Generated by configure. Do not edit. */
#ifndef CAIRO_FEATURES_H
#define CAIRO_FEATURES_H
#define CAIRO_HAS_FC_FONT 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_IMAGE_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_RECORDING_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_USER_FONT 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_FONT 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_SURFACE 1
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_EGL_FUNCTIONS */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_GLX_FUNCTIONS */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_QUARTZ_FONT */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_QUARTZ_SURFACE */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_WGL_FUNCTIONS */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_XCB_SHM_FUNCTIONS */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_XLIB_SURFACE */
/*#undef CAIRO_HAS_XLIB_XRENDER_SURFACE */
#endif

82
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-ft.h
View file

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2005 Red Hat, Inc
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Graydon Hoare <graydon@redhat.com>
* Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_FT_H
#define CAIRO_FT_H
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT
/* Fontconfig/Freetype platform-specific font interface */
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#if CAIRO_HAS_FC_FONT
#include <fontconfig/fontconfig.h>
#endif
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_ft_font_face_create_for_ft_face (FT_Face face,
int load_flags);
cairo_public FT_Face
cairo_ft_scaled_font_lock_face (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font);
cairo_public void
cairo_ft_scaled_font_unlock_face (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font);
#if CAIRO_HAS_FC_FONT
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_ft_font_face_create_for_pattern (FcPattern *pattern);
cairo_public void
cairo_ft_font_options_substitute (const cairo_font_options_t *options,
FcPattern *pattern);
#endif
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the freetype font backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT */
#endif /* CAIRO_FT_H */

186
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-gobject.h
View file

@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2010 Red Hat Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is University of Southern
* California.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Benjamin Otte <otte@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_GOBJECT_H
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_H
#include <cairo.h>
#if CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS
#include <glib-object.h>
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
/* structs */
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT cairo_gobject_context_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_context_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE cairo_gobject_device_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_device_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_PATTERN cairo_gobject_pattern_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_pattern_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE cairo_gobject_surface_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_surface_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_RECTANGLE cairo_gobject_rectangle_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_rectangle_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SCALED_FONT cairo_gobject_scaled_font_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_scaled_font_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_FACE cairo_gobject_font_face_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_face_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_OPTIONS cairo_gobject_font_options_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_options_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_RECTANGLE_INT cairo_gobject_rectangle_int_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_rectangle_int_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_REGION cairo_gobject_region_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_region_get_type (void);
/* enums */
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_STATUS cairo_gobject_status_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_status_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTENT cairo_gobject_content_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_content_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_OPERATOR cairo_gobject_operator_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_operator_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_ANTIALIAS cairo_gobject_antialias_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_antialias_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FILL_RULE cairo_gobject_fill_rule_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_fill_rule_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_LINE_CAP cairo_gobject_line_cap_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_line_cap_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_LINE_JOIN cairo_gobject_line_join_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_line_join_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CLUSTER_FLAGS cairo_gobject_cluster_flags_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_text_cluster_flags_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_SLANT cairo_gobject_font_slant_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_slant_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_WEIGHT cairo_gobject_font_weight_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_weight_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SUBPIXEL_ORDER cairo_gobject_subpixel_order_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_subpixel_order_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_HINT_STYLE cairo_gobject_hint_style_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_hint_style_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_HNT_METRICS cairo_gobject_hint_metrics_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_hint_metrics_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_TYPE cairo_gobject_font_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_PATH_DATA_TYPE cairo_gobject_path_data_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_path_data_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE cairo_gobject_device_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_device_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE_TYPE cairo_gobject_surface_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_surface_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FORMAT cairo_gobject_format_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_format_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_PATTERN_TYPE cairo_gobject_pattern_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_pattern_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_EXTEND cairo_gobject_extend_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_extend_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FILTER cairo_gobject_filter_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_filter_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_REGION_OVERLAP cairo_gobject_region_overlap_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_region_overlap_get_type (void);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for GObject
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS */
#endif /* CAIRO_GOBJECT_H */

94
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-pdf.h
View file

@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2002 University of Southern California
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is University of Southern
* California.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Carl D. Worth <cworth@cworth.org>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_PDF_H
#define CAIRO_PDF_H
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* cairo_pdf_version_t:
* @CAIRO_PDF_VERSION_1_4: The version 1.4 of the PDF specification.
* @CAIRO_PDF_VERSION_1_5: The version 1.5 of the PDF specification.
*
* #cairo_pdf_version_t is used to describe the version number of the PDF
* specification that a generated PDF file will conform to.
*
* Since 1.10
*/
typedef enum _cairo_pdf_version {
CAIRO_PDF_VERSION_1_4,
CAIRO_PDF_VERSION_1_5
} cairo_pdf_version_t;
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_pdf_surface_create (const char *filename,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (cairo_write_func_t write_func,
void *closure,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public void
cairo_pdf_surface_restrict_to_version (cairo_surface_t *surface,
cairo_pdf_version_t version);
cairo_public void
cairo_pdf_get_versions (cairo_pdf_version_t const **versions,
int *num_versions);
cairo_public const char *
cairo_pdf_version_to_string (cairo_pdf_version_t version);
cairo_public void
cairo_pdf_surface_set_size (cairo_surface_t *surface,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the pdf backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE */
#endif /* CAIRO_PDF_H */

114
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-ps.h
View file

@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2002 University of Southern California
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is University of Southern
* California.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Carl D. Worth <cworth@cworth.org>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_PS_H
#define CAIRO_PS_H
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
#include <stdio.h>
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
/* PS-surface functions */
/**
* cairo_ps_level_t:
* @CAIRO_PS_LEVEL_2: The language level 2 of the PostScript specification.
* @CAIRO_PS_LEVEL_3: The language level 3 of the PostScript specification.
*
* #cairo_ps_level_t is used to describe the language level of the
* PostScript Language Reference that a generated PostScript file will
* conform to.
*/
typedef enum _cairo_ps_level {
CAIRO_PS_LEVEL_2,
CAIRO_PS_LEVEL_3
} cairo_ps_level_t;
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_ps_surface_create (const char *filename,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (cairo_write_func_t write_func,
void *closure,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_surface_restrict_to_level (cairo_surface_t *surface,
cairo_ps_level_t level);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_get_levels (cairo_ps_level_t const **levels,
int *num_levels);
cairo_public const char *
cairo_ps_level_to_string (cairo_ps_level_t level);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_surface_set_eps (cairo_surface_t *surface,
cairo_bool_t eps);
cairo_public cairo_bool_t
cairo_ps_surface_get_eps (cairo_surface_t *surface);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_surface_set_size (cairo_surface_t *surface,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_surface_dsc_comment (cairo_surface_t *surface,
const char *comment);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_surface_dsc_begin_setup (cairo_surface_t *surface);
cairo_public void
cairo_ps_surface_dsc_begin_page_setup (cairo_surface_t *surface);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the ps backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE */
#endif /* CAIRO_PS_H */

117
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-script-interpreter.h
View file

@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2008 Chris Wilson
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Chris Wilson
*
* Contributor(s):
* Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_SCRIPT_INTERPRETER_H
#define CAIRO_SCRIPT_INTERPRETER_H
#include <cairo.h>
#include <stdio.h>
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _cairo_script_interpreter cairo_script_interpreter_t;
/* XXX expose csi_dictionary_t and pass to hooks */
typedef void
(*csi_destroy_func_t) (void *closure,
void *ptr);
typedef cairo_surface_t *
(*csi_surface_create_func_t) (void *closure,
cairo_content_t content,
double width,
double height,
long uid);
typedef cairo_t *
(*csi_context_create_func_t) (void *closure,
cairo_surface_t *surface);
typedef void
(*csi_show_page_func_t) (void *closure,
cairo_t *cr);
typedef void
(*csi_copy_page_func_t) (void *closure,
cairo_t *cr);
typedef struct _cairo_script_interpreter_hooks {
void *closure;
csi_surface_create_func_t surface_create;
csi_destroy_func_t surface_destroy;
csi_context_create_func_t context_create;
csi_destroy_func_t context_destroy;
csi_show_page_func_t show_page;
csi_copy_page_func_t copy_page;
} cairo_script_interpreter_hooks_t;
cairo_public cairo_script_interpreter_t *
cairo_script_interpreter_create (void);
cairo_public void
cairo_script_interpreter_install_hooks (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx,
const cairo_script_interpreter_hooks_t *hooks);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_script_interpreter_run (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx,
const char *filename);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_script_interpreter_feed_stream (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx,
FILE *stream);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_script_interpreter_feed_string (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx,
const char *line,
int len);
cairo_public unsigned int
cairo_script_interpreter_get_line_number (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx);
cairo_public cairo_script_interpreter_t *
cairo_script_interpreter_reference (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_script_interpreter_finish (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_script_interpreter_destroy (cairo_script_interpreter_t *ctx);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_script_interpreter_translate_stream (FILE *stream,
cairo_write_func_t write_func,
void *closure);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#endif /*CAIRO_SCRIPT_INTERPRETER_H*/

82
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-svg.h
View file

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* cairo-svg.h
*
* Copyright © 2005 Emmanuel Pacaud <emmanuel.pacaud@univ-poitiers.fr>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_SVG_H
#define CAIRO_SVG_H
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* cairo_svg_version_t:
* @CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_1: The version 1.1 of the SVG specification.
* @CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_2: The version 1.2 of the SVG specification.
*
* #cairo_svg_version_t is used to describe the version number of the SVG
* specification that a generated SVG file will conform to.
*/
typedef enum _cairo_svg_version {
CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_1,
CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_2
} cairo_svg_version_t;
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_svg_surface_create (const char *filename,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (cairo_write_func_t write_func,
void *closure,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public void
cairo_svg_surface_restrict_to_version (cairo_surface_t *surface,
cairo_svg_version_t version);
cairo_public void
cairo_svg_get_versions (cairo_svg_version_t const **versions,
int *num_versions);
cairo_public const char *
cairo_svg_version_to_string (cairo_svg_version_t version);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the svg backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE */
#endif /* CAIRO_SVG_H */

8
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-version.h
View file

@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
#ifndef CAIRO_VERSION_H
#define CAIRO_VERSION_H
#define CAIRO_VERSION_MAJOR 1
#define CAIRO_VERSION_MINOR 10
#define CAIRO_VERSION_MICRO 2
#endif

112
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo-win32.h
View file

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: c; tab-width: 8; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: t; -*- */
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2005 Red Hat, Inc
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef _CAIRO_WIN32_H_
#define _CAIRO_WIN32_H_
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_SURFACE
#include <windows.h>
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_win32_surface_create (HDC hdc);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_win32_printing_surface_create (HDC hdc);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_win32_surface_create_with_ddb (HDC hdc,
cairo_format_t format,
int width,
int height);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_win32_surface_create_with_dib (cairo_format_t format,
int width,
int height);
cairo_public HDC
cairo_win32_surface_get_dc (cairo_surface_t *surface);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_win32_surface_get_image (cairo_surface_t *surface);
#if CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_FONT
/*
* Win32 font support
*/
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_win32_font_face_create_for_logfontw (LOGFONTW *logfont);
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_win32_font_face_create_for_hfont (HFONT font);
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_win32_font_face_create_for_logfontw_hfont (LOGFONTW *logfont, HFONT font);
cairo_public cairo_status_t
cairo_win32_scaled_font_select_font (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font,
HDC hdc);
cairo_public void
cairo_win32_scaled_font_done_font (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font);
cairo_public double
cairo_win32_scaled_font_get_metrics_factor (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font);
cairo_public void
cairo_win32_scaled_font_get_logical_to_device (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font,
cairo_matrix_t *logical_to_device);
cairo_public void
cairo_win32_scaled_font_get_device_to_logical (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font,
cairo_matrix_t *device_to_logical);
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_FONT */
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_SURFACE */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the win32 backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_WIN32_SURFACE */
#endif /* _CAIRO_WIN32_H_ */

2684
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/cairo/cairo.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1014
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/expat.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

115
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/expat_external.h
View file

@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
See the file COPYING for copying permission.
*/
#ifndef Expat_External_INCLUDED
#define Expat_External_INCLUDED 1
/* External API definitions */
#if defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS) && !defined(__BEOS__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define XML_USE_MSC_EXTENSIONS 1
#endif
/* Expat tries very hard to make the API boundary very specifically
defined. There are two macros defined to control this boundary;
each of these can be defined before including this header to
achieve some different behavior, but doing so it not recommended or
tested frequently.
XMLCALL - The calling convention to use for all calls across the
"library boundary." This will default to cdecl, and
try really hard to tell the compiler that's what we
want.
XMLIMPORT - Whatever magic is needed to note that a function is
to be imported from a dynamically loaded library
(.dll, .so, or .sl, depending on your platform).
The XMLCALL macro was added in Expat 1.95.7. The only one which is
expected to be directly useful in client code is XMLCALL.
Note that on at least some Unix versions, the Expat library must be
compiled with the cdecl calling convention as the default since
system headers may assume the cdecl convention.
*/
#ifndef XMLCALL
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define XMLCALL __cdecl
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
#define XMLCALL __attribute__((cdecl))
#else
/* For any platform which uses this definition and supports more than
one calling convention, we need to extend this definition to
declare the convention used on that platform, if it's possible to
do so.
If this is the case for your platform, please file a bug report
with information on how to identify your platform via the C
pre-processor and how to specify the same calling convention as the
platform's malloc() implementation.
*/
#define XMLCALL
#endif
#endif /* not defined XMLCALL */
#if !defined(XML_STATIC) && !defined(XMLIMPORT)
#ifndef XML_BUILDING_EXPAT
/* using Expat from an application */
#ifdef XML_USE_MSC_EXTENSIONS
#define XMLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#endif
#endif /* not defined XML_STATIC */
/* If we didn't define it above, define it away: */
#ifndef XMLIMPORT
#define XMLIMPORT
#endif
#define XMLPARSEAPI(type) XMLIMPORT type XMLCALL
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifdef XML_UNICODE_WCHAR_T
#define XML_UNICODE
#endif
#ifdef XML_UNICODE /* Information is UTF-16 encoded. */
#ifdef XML_UNICODE_WCHAR_T
typedef wchar_t XML_Char;
typedef wchar_t XML_LChar;
#else
typedef unsigned short XML_Char;
typedef char XML_LChar;
#endif /* XML_UNICODE_WCHAR_T */
#else /* Information is UTF-8 encoded. */
typedef char XML_Char;
typedef char XML_LChar;
#endif /* XML_UNICODE */
#ifdef XML_LARGE_SIZE /* Use large integers for file/stream positions. */
#if defined(XML_USE_MSC_EXTENSIONS) && _MSC_VER < 1400
typedef __int64 XML_Index;
typedef unsigned __int64 XML_Size;
#else
typedef long long XML_Index;
typedef unsigned long long XML_Size;
#endif
#else
typedef long XML_Index;
typedef unsigned long XML_Size;
#endif /* XML_LARGE_SIZE */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* not Expat_External_INCLUDED */

59
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/fontconfig/fcfreetype.h
View file

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/*
* fontconfig/fontconfig/fcfreetype.h
*
* Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
* documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
* the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
* advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
* specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
* representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
* is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*
* THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
* INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
* EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
* DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
* TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
* PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef _FCFREETYPE_H_
#define _FCFREETYPE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifndef FcPublic
#define FcPublic
#endif
_FCFUNCPROTOBEGIN
FcPublic FT_UInt
FcFreeTypeCharIndex (FT_Face face, FcChar32 ucs4);
FcPublic FcCharSet *
FcFreeTypeCharSetAndSpacing (FT_Face face, FcBlanks *blanks, int *spacing);
FcPublic FcCharSet *
FcFreeTypeCharSet (FT_Face face, FcBlanks *blanks);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetFTFace (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FT_Face *f);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddFTFace (FcPattern *p, const char *object, const FT_Face f);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcFreeTypeQueryFace (const FT_Face face,
const FcChar8 *file,
int id,
FcBlanks *blanks);
_FCFUNCPROTOEND
#endif

123
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/fontconfig/fcprivate.h
View file

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/*
* fontconfig/fontconfig/fcprivate.h
*
* Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
* documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
* the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
* advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
* specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
* representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
* is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*
* THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
* INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
* EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
* DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
* TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
* PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef _FCPRIVATE_H_
#define _FCPRIVATE_H_
/*
* I tried this with functions that took va_list* arguments
* but portability concerns made me change these functions
* into macros (sigh).
*/
#define FcPatternVapBuild(result, orig, va) \
{ \
FcPattern *__p__ = (orig); \
const char *__o__; \
FcValue __v__; \
\
if (!__p__) \
{ \
__p__ = FcPatternCreate (); \
if (!__p__) \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_bail0; \
} \
for (;;) \
{ \
__o__ = va_arg (va, const char *); \
if (!__o__) \
break; \
__v__.type = va_arg (va, FcType); \
switch (__v__.type) { \
case FcTypeVoid: \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_bail1; \
case FcTypeInteger: \
__v__.u.i = va_arg (va, int); \
break; \
case FcTypeDouble: \
__v__.u.d = va_arg (va, double); \
break; \
case FcTypeString: \
__v__.u.s = va_arg (va, const FcChar8 *); \
break; \
case FcTypeBool: \
__v__.u.b = va_arg (va, FcBool); \
break; \
case FcTypeMatrix: \
__v__.u.m = va_arg (va, const FcMatrix *); \
break; \
case FcTypeCharSet: \
__v__.u.c = va_arg (va, const FcCharSet *); \
break; \
case FcTypeFTFace: \
__v__.u.f = va_arg (va, FT_Face); \
break; \
case FcTypeLangSet: \
__v__.u.l = va_arg (va, const FcLangSet *); \
break; \
} \
if (!FcPatternAdd (__p__, __o__, __v__, FcTrue)) \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_bail1; \
} \
result = __p__; \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_return; \
\
_FcPatternVapBuild_bail1: \
if (!orig) \
FcPatternDestroy (__p__); \
_FcPatternVapBuild_bail0: \
result = (void*)0; \
\
_FcPatternVapBuild_return: \
; \
}
#define FcObjectSetVapBuild(__ret__, __first__, __va__) \
{ \
FcObjectSet *__os__; \
const char *__ob__; \
\
__ret__ = 0; \
__os__ = FcObjectSetCreate (); \
if (!__os__) \
goto _FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail0; \
__ob__ = __first__; \
while (__ob__) \
{ \
if (!FcObjectSetAdd (__os__, __ob__)) \
goto _FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail1; \
__ob__ = va_arg (__va__, const char *); \
} \
__ret__ = __os__; \
\
_FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail1: \
if (!__ret__ && __os__) \
FcObjectSetDestroy (__os__); \
_FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail0: \
; \
}
#endif /* _FCPRIVATE_H_ */

963
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/fontconfig/fontconfig.h
View file

@ -1,963 +0,0 @@
/*
* fontconfig/fontconfig/fontconfig.h
*
* Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
* documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
* the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
* advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
* specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
* representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
* is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*
* THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
* INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
* EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
* DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
* TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
* PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef _FONTCONFIG_H_
#define _FONTCONFIG_H_
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4)
#define FC_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(x) __attribute__((__sentinel__(0)))
#else
#define FC_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(x)
#endif
#ifndef FcPublic
#define FcPublic
#endif
typedef unsigned char FcChar8;
typedef unsigned short FcChar16;
typedef unsigned int FcChar32;
typedef int FcBool;
/*
* Current Fontconfig version number. This same number
* must appear in the fontconfig configure.in file. Yes,
* it'a a pain to synchronize version numbers like this.
*/
#define FC_MAJOR 2
#define FC_MINOR 8
#define FC_REVISION 0
#define FC_VERSION ((FC_MAJOR * 10000) + (FC_MINOR * 100) + (FC_REVISION))
/*
* Current font cache file format version
* This is appended to the cache files so that multiple
* versions of the library will peacefully coexist
*
* Change this value whenever the disk format for the cache file
* changes in any non-compatible way. Try to avoid such changes as
* it means multiple copies of the font information.
*/
#define FC_CACHE_VERSION "3"
#define FcTrue 1
#define FcFalse 0
#define FC_FAMILY "family" /* String */
#define FC_STYLE "style" /* String */
#define FC_SLANT "slant" /* Int */
#define FC_WEIGHT "weight" /* Int */
#define FC_SIZE "size" /* Double */
#define FC_ASPECT "aspect" /* Double */
#define FC_PIXEL_SIZE "pixelsize" /* Double */
#define FC_SPACING "spacing" /* Int */
#define FC_FOUNDRY "foundry" /* String */
#define FC_ANTIALIAS "antialias" /* Bool (depends) */
#define FC_HINTING "hinting" /* Bool (true) */
#define FC_HINT_STYLE "hintstyle" /* Int */
#define FC_VERTICAL_LAYOUT "verticallayout" /* Bool (false) */
#define FC_AUTOHINT "autohint" /* Bool (false) */
#define FC_GLOBAL_ADVANCE "globaladvance" /* Bool (true) */
#define FC_WIDTH "width" /* Int */
#define FC_FILE "file" /* String */
#define FC_INDEX "index" /* Int */
#define FC_FT_FACE "ftface" /* FT_Face */
#define FC_RASTERIZER "rasterizer" /* String */
#define FC_OUTLINE "outline" /* Bool */
#define FC_SCALABLE "scalable" /* Bool */
#define FC_SCALE "scale" /* double */
#define FC_DPI "dpi" /* double */
#define FC_RGBA "rgba" /* Int */
#define FC_MINSPACE "minspace" /* Bool use minimum line spacing */
#define FC_SOURCE "source" /* String (deprecated) */
#define FC_CHARSET "charset" /* CharSet */
#define FC_LANG "lang" /* String RFC 3066 langs */
#define FC_FONTVERSION "fontversion" /* Int from 'head' table */
#define FC_FULLNAME "fullname" /* String */
#define FC_FAMILYLANG "familylang" /* String RFC 3066 langs */
#define FC_STYLELANG "stylelang" /* String RFC 3066 langs */
#define FC_FULLNAMELANG "fullnamelang" /* String RFC 3066 langs */
#define FC_CAPABILITY "capability" /* String */
#define FC_FONTFORMAT "fontformat" /* String */
#define FC_EMBOLDEN "embolden" /* Bool - true if emboldening needed*/
#define FC_EMBEDDED_BITMAP "embeddedbitmap" /* Bool - true to enable embedded bitmaps */
#define FC_DECORATIVE "decorative" /* Bool - true if style is a decorative variant */
#define FC_LCD_FILTER "lcdfilter" /* Int */
#define FC_CACHE_SUFFIX ".cache-"FC_CACHE_VERSION
#define FC_DIR_CACHE_FILE "fonts.cache-"FC_CACHE_VERSION
#define FC_USER_CACHE_FILE ".fonts.cache-"FC_CACHE_VERSION
/* Adjust outline rasterizer */
#define FC_CHAR_WIDTH "charwidth" /* Int */
#define FC_CHAR_HEIGHT "charheight"/* Int */
#define FC_MATRIX "matrix" /* FcMatrix */
#define FC_WEIGHT_THIN 0
#define FC_WEIGHT_EXTRALIGHT 40
#define FC_WEIGHT_ULTRALIGHT FC_WEIGHT_EXTRALIGHT
#define FC_WEIGHT_LIGHT 50
#define FC_WEIGHT_BOOK 75
#define FC_WEIGHT_REGULAR 80
#define FC_WEIGHT_NORMAL FC_WEIGHT_REGULAR
#define FC_WEIGHT_MEDIUM 100
#define FC_WEIGHT_DEMIBOLD 180
#define FC_WEIGHT_SEMIBOLD FC_WEIGHT_DEMIBOLD
#define FC_WEIGHT_BOLD 200
#define FC_WEIGHT_EXTRABOLD 205
#define FC_WEIGHT_ULTRABOLD FC_WEIGHT_EXTRABOLD
#define FC_WEIGHT_BLACK 210
#define FC_WEIGHT_HEAVY FC_WEIGHT_BLACK
#define FC_WEIGHT_EXTRABLACK 215
#define FC_WEIGHT_ULTRABLACK FC_WEIGHT_EXTRABLACK
#define FC_SLANT_ROMAN 0
#define FC_SLANT_ITALIC 100
#define FC_SLANT_OBLIQUE 110
#define FC_WIDTH_ULTRACONDENSED 50
#define FC_WIDTH_EXTRACONDENSED 63
#define FC_WIDTH_CONDENSED 75
#define FC_WIDTH_SEMICONDENSED 87
#define FC_WIDTH_NORMAL 100
#define FC_WIDTH_SEMIEXPANDED 113
#define FC_WIDTH_EXPANDED 125
#define FC_WIDTH_EXTRAEXPANDED 150
#define FC_WIDTH_ULTRAEXPANDED 200
#define FC_PROPORTIONAL 0
#define FC_DUAL 90
#define FC_MONO 100
#define FC_CHARCELL 110
/* sub-pixel order */
#define FC_RGBA_UNKNOWN 0
#define FC_RGBA_RGB 1
#define FC_RGBA_BGR 2
#define FC_RGBA_VRGB 3
#define FC_RGBA_VBGR 4
#define FC_RGBA_NONE 5
/* hinting style */
#define FC_HINT_NONE 0
#define FC_HINT_SLIGHT 1
#define FC_HINT_MEDIUM 2
#define FC_HINT_FULL 3
/* LCD filter */
#define FC_LCD_NONE 0
#define FC_LCD_DEFAULT 1
#define FC_LCD_LIGHT 2
#define FC_LCD_LEGACY 3
typedef enum _FcType {
FcTypeVoid,
FcTypeInteger,
FcTypeDouble,
FcTypeString,
FcTypeBool,
FcTypeMatrix,
FcTypeCharSet,
FcTypeFTFace,
FcTypeLangSet
} FcType;
typedef struct _FcMatrix {
double xx, xy, yx, yy;
} FcMatrix;
#define FcMatrixInit(m) ((m)->xx = (m)->yy = 1, \
(m)->xy = (m)->yx = 0)
/*
* A data structure to represent the available glyphs in a font.
* This is represented as a sparse boolean btree.
*/
typedef struct _FcCharSet FcCharSet;
typedef struct _FcObjectType {
const char *object;
FcType type;
} FcObjectType;
typedef struct _FcConstant {
const FcChar8 *name;
const char *object;
int value;
} FcConstant;
typedef enum _FcResult {
FcResultMatch, FcResultNoMatch, FcResultTypeMismatch, FcResultNoId,
FcResultOutOfMemory
} FcResult;
typedef struct _FcPattern FcPattern;
typedef struct _FcLangSet FcLangSet;
typedef struct _FcValue {
FcType type;
union {
const FcChar8 *s;
int i;
FcBool b;
double d;
const FcMatrix *m;
const FcCharSet *c;
void *f;
const FcLangSet *l;
} u;
} FcValue;
typedef struct _FcFontSet {
int nfont;
int sfont;
FcPattern **fonts;
} FcFontSet;
typedef struct _FcObjectSet {
int nobject;
int sobject;
const char **objects;
} FcObjectSet;
typedef enum _FcMatchKind {
FcMatchPattern, FcMatchFont, FcMatchScan
} FcMatchKind;
typedef enum _FcLangResult {
FcLangEqual = 0,
FcLangDifferentCountry = 1,
FcLangDifferentTerritory = 1,
FcLangDifferentLang = 2
} FcLangResult;
typedef enum _FcSetName {
FcSetSystem = 0,
FcSetApplication = 1
} FcSetName;
typedef struct _FcAtomic FcAtomic;
#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) /* for C++ V2.0 */
#define _FCFUNCPROTOBEGIN extern "C" { /* do not leave open across includes */
#define _FCFUNCPROTOEND }
#else
#define _FCFUNCPROTOBEGIN
#define _FCFUNCPROTOEND
#endif
typedef enum { FcEndianBig, FcEndianLittle } FcEndian;
typedef struct _FcConfig FcConfig;
typedef struct _FcGlobalCache FcFileCache;
typedef struct _FcBlanks FcBlanks;
typedef struct _FcStrList FcStrList;
typedef struct _FcStrSet FcStrSet;
typedef struct _FcCache FcCache;
_FCFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/* fcblanks.c */
FcPublic FcBlanks *
FcBlanksCreate (void);
FcPublic void
FcBlanksDestroy (FcBlanks *b);
FcPublic FcBool
FcBlanksAdd (FcBlanks *b, FcChar32 ucs4);
FcPublic FcBool
FcBlanksIsMember (FcBlanks *b, FcChar32 ucs4);
/* fccache.c */
FcPublic const FcChar8 *
FcCacheDir(const FcCache *c);
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcCacheCopySet(const FcCache *c);
FcPublic const FcChar8 *
FcCacheSubdir (const FcCache *c, int i);
FcPublic int
FcCacheNumSubdir (const FcCache *c);
FcPublic int
FcCacheNumFont (const FcCache *c);
FcPublic FcBool
FcDirCacheUnlink (const FcChar8 *dir, FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcBool
FcDirCacheValid (const FcChar8 *cache_file);
/* fccfg.c */
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcConfigHome (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigEnableHome (FcBool enable);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcConfigFilename (const FcChar8 *url);
FcPublic FcConfig *
FcConfigCreate (void);
FcPublic FcConfig *
FcConfigReference (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic void
FcConfigDestroy (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigSetCurrent (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcConfig *
FcConfigGetCurrent (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigUptoDate (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigBuildFonts (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcStrList *
FcConfigGetFontDirs (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcStrList *
FcConfigGetConfigDirs (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcStrList *
FcConfigGetConfigFiles (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcConfigGetCache (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcBlanks *
FcConfigGetBlanks (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcStrList *
FcConfigGetCacheDirs (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic int
FcConfigGetRescanInterval (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigSetRescanInterval (FcConfig *config, int rescanInterval);
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcConfigGetFonts (FcConfig *config,
FcSetName set);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigAppFontAddFile (FcConfig *config,
const FcChar8 *file);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigAppFontAddDir (FcConfig *config,
const FcChar8 *dir);
FcPublic void
FcConfigAppFontClear (FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigSubstituteWithPat (FcConfig *config,
FcPattern *p,
FcPattern *p_pat,
FcMatchKind kind);
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigSubstitute (FcConfig *config,
FcPattern *p,
FcMatchKind kind);
/* fccharset.c */
FcPublic FcCharSet*
FcCharSetCreate (void);
/* deprecated alias for FcCharSetCreate */
FcPublic FcCharSet *
FcCharSetNew (void);
FcPublic void
FcCharSetDestroy (FcCharSet *fcs);
FcPublic FcBool
FcCharSetAddChar (FcCharSet *fcs, FcChar32 ucs4);
FcPublic FcCharSet*
FcCharSetCopy (FcCharSet *src);
FcPublic FcBool
FcCharSetEqual (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
FcPublic FcCharSet*
FcCharSetIntersect (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
FcPublic FcCharSet*
FcCharSetUnion (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
FcPublic FcCharSet*
FcCharSetSubtract (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
FcPublic FcBool
FcCharSetMerge (FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b, FcBool *changed);
FcPublic FcBool
FcCharSetHasChar (const FcCharSet *fcs, FcChar32 ucs4);
FcPublic FcChar32
FcCharSetCount (const FcCharSet *a);
FcPublic FcChar32
FcCharSetIntersectCount (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
FcPublic FcChar32
FcCharSetSubtractCount (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
FcPublic FcBool
FcCharSetIsSubset (const FcCharSet *a, const FcCharSet *b);
#define FC_CHARSET_MAP_SIZE (256/32)
#define FC_CHARSET_DONE ((FcChar32) -1)
FcPublic FcChar32
FcCharSetFirstPage (const FcCharSet *a,
FcChar32 map[FC_CHARSET_MAP_SIZE],
FcChar32 *next);
FcPublic FcChar32
FcCharSetNextPage (const FcCharSet *a,
FcChar32 map[FC_CHARSET_MAP_SIZE],
FcChar32 *next);
/*
* old coverage API, rather hard to use correctly
*/
FcPublic FcChar32
FcCharSetCoverage (const FcCharSet *a, FcChar32 page, FcChar32 *result);
/* fcdbg.c */
FcPublic void
FcValuePrint (const FcValue v);
FcPublic void
FcPatternPrint (const FcPattern *p);
FcPublic void
FcFontSetPrint (const FcFontSet *s);
/* fcdefault.c */
FcPublic void
FcDefaultSubstitute (FcPattern *pattern);
/* fcdir.c */
FcPublic FcBool
FcFileIsDir (const FcChar8 *file);
FcPublic FcBool
FcFileScan (FcFontSet *set,
FcStrSet *dirs,
FcFileCache *cache,
FcBlanks *blanks,
const FcChar8 *file,
FcBool force);
FcPublic FcBool
FcDirScan (FcFontSet *set,
FcStrSet *dirs,
FcFileCache *cache,
FcBlanks *blanks,
const FcChar8 *dir,
FcBool force);
FcPublic FcBool
FcDirSave (FcFontSet *set, FcStrSet *dirs, const FcChar8 *dir);
FcPublic FcCache *
FcDirCacheLoad (const FcChar8 *dir, FcConfig *config, FcChar8 **cache_file);
FcPublic FcCache *
FcDirCacheRead (const FcChar8 *dir, FcBool force, FcConfig *config);
FcPublic FcCache *
FcDirCacheLoadFile (const FcChar8 *cache_file, struct stat *file_stat);
FcPublic void
FcDirCacheUnload (FcCache *cache);
/* fcfreetype.c */
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcFreeTypeQuery (const FcChar8 *file, int id, FcBlanks *blanks, int *count);
/* fcfs.c */
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcFontSetCreate (void);
FcPublic void
FcFontSetDestroy (FcFontSet *s);
FcPublic FcBool
FcFontSetAdd (FcFontSet *s, FcPattern *font);
/* fcinit.c */
FcPublic FcConfig *
FcInitLoadConfig (void);
FcPublic FcConfig *
FcInitLoadConfigAndFonts (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcInit (void);
FcPublic void
FcFini (void);
FcPublic int
FcGetVersion (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcInitReinitialize (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcInitBringUptoDate (void);
/* fclang.c */
FcPublic FcStrSet *
FcGetLangs (void);
FcPublic const FcCharSet *
FcLangGetCharSet (const FcChar8 *lang);
FcPublic FcLangSet*
FcLangSetCreate (void);
FcPublic void
FcLangSetDestroy (FcLangSet *ls);
FcPublic FcLangSet*
FcLangSetCopy (const FcLangSet *ls);
FcPublic FcBool
FcLangSetAdd (FcLangSet *ls, const FcChar8 *lang);
FcPublic FcLangResult
FcLangSetHasLang (const FcLangSet *ls, const FcChar8 *lang);
FcPublic FcLangResult
FcLangSetCompare (const FcLangSet *lsa, const FcLangSet *lsb);
FcPublic FcBool
FcLangSetContains (const FcLangSet *lsa, const FcLangSet *lsb);
FcPublic FcBool
FcLangSetEqual (const FcLangSet *lsa, const FcLangSet *lsb);
FcPublic FcChar32
FcLangSetHash (const FcLangSet *ls);
FcPublic FcStrSet *
FcLangSetGetLangs (const FcLangSet *ls);
/* fclist.c */
FcPublic FcObjectSet *
FcObjectSetCreate (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcObjectSetAdd (FcObjectSet *os, const char *object);
FcPublic void
FcObjectSetDestroy (FcObjectSet *os);
FcPublic FcObjectSet *
FcObjectSetVaBuild (const char *first, va_list va);
FcPublic FcObjectSet *
FcObjectSetBuild (const char *first, ...) FC_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(0);
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcFontSetList (FcConfig *config,
FcFontSet **sets,
int nsets,
FcPattern *p,
FcObjectSet *os);
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcFontList (FcConfig *config,
FcPattern *p,
FcObjectSet *os);
/* fcatomic.c */
FcPublic FcAtomic *
FcAtomicCreate (const FcChar8 *file);
FcPublic FcBool
FcAtomicLock (FcAtomic *atomic);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcAtomicNewFile (FcAtomic *atomic);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcAtomicOrigFile (FcAtomic *atomic);
FcPublic FcBool
FcAtomicReplaceOrig (FcAtomic *atomic);
FcPublic void
FcAtomicDeleteNew (FcAtomic *atomic);
FcPublic void
FcAtomicUnlock (FcAtomic *atomic);
FcPublic void
FcAtomicDestroy (FcAtomic *atomic);
/* fcmatch.c */
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcFontSetMatch (FcConfig *config,
FcFontSet **sets,
int nsets,
FcPattern *p,
FcResult *result);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcFontMatch (FcConfig *config,
FcPattern *p,
FcResult *result);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcFontRenderPrepare (FcConfig *config,
FcPattern *pat,
FcPattern *font);
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcFontSetSort (FcConfig *config,
FcFontSet **sets,
int nsets,
FcPattern *p,
FcBool trim,
FcCharSet **csp,
FcResult *result);
FcPublic FcFontSet *
FcFontSort (FcConfig *config,
FcPattern *p,
FcBool trim,
FcCharSet **csp,
FcResult *result);
FcPublic void
FcFontSetSortDestroy (FcFontSet *fs);
/* fcmatrix.c */
FcPublic FcMatrix *
FcMatrixCopy (const FcMatrix *mat);
FcPublic FcBool
FcMatrixEqual (const FcMatrix *mat1, const FcMatrix *mat2);
FcPublic void
FcMatrixMultiply (FcMatrix *result, const FcMatrix *a, const FcMatrix *b);
FcPublic void
FcMatrixRotate (FcMatrix *m, double c, double s);
FcPublic void
FcMatrixScale (FcMatrix *m, double sx, double sy);
FcPublic void
FcMatrixShear (FcMatrix *m, double sh, double sv);
/* fcname.c */
FcPublic FcBool
FcNameRegisterObjectTypes (const FcObjectType *types, int ntype);
FcPublic FcBool
FcNameUnregisterObjectTypes (const FcObjectType *types, int ntype);
FcPublic const FcObjectType *
FcNameGetObjectType (const char *object);
FcPublic FcBool
FcNameRegisterConstants (const FcConstant *consts, int nconsts);
FcPublic FcBool
FcNameUnregisterConstants (const FcConstant *consts, int nconsts);
FcPublic const FcConstant *
FcNameGetConstant (FcChar8 *string);
FcPublic FcBool
FcNameConstant (FcChar8 *string, int *result);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcNameParse (const FcChar8 *name);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcNameUnparse (FcPattern *pat);
/* fcpat.c */
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcPatternCreate (void);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcPatternDuplicate (const FcPattern *p);
FcPublic void
FcPatternReference (FcPattern *p);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcPatternFilter (FcPattern *p, const FcObjectSet *os);
FcPublic void
FcValueDestroy (FcValue v);
FcPublic FcBool
FcValueEqual (FcValue va, FcValue vb);
FcPublic FcValue
FcValueSave (FcValue v);
FcPublic void
FcPatternDestroy (FcPattern *p);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternEqual (const FcPattern *pa, const FcPattern *pb);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternEqualSubset (const FcPattern *pa, const FcPattern *pb, const FcObjectSet *os);
FcPublic FcChar32
FcPatternHash (const FcPattern *p);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAdd (FcPattern *p, const char *object, FcValue value, FcBool append);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddWeak (FcPattern *p, const char *object, FcValue value, FcBool append);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGet (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int id, FcValue *v);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternDel (FcPattern *p, const char *object);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternRemove (FcPattern *p, const char *object, int id);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddInteger (FcPattern *p, const char *object, int i);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddDouble (FcPattern *p, const char *object, double d);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddString (FcPattern *p, const char *object, const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddMatrix (FcPattern *p, const char *object, const FcMatrix *s);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddCharSet (FcPattern *p, const char *object, const FcCharSet *c);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddBool (FcPattern *p, const char *object, FcBool b);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddLangSet (FcPattern *p, const char *object, const FcLangSet *ls);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetInteger (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, int *i);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetDouble (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, double *d);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetString (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FcChar8 ** s);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetMatrix (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FcMatrix **s);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetCharSet (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FcCharSet **c);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetBool (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FcBool *b);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetLangSet (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FcLangSet **ls);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcPatternVaBuild (FcPattern *p, va_list va);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcPatternBuild (FcPattern *p, ...) FC_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(0);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcPatternFormat (FcPattern *pat, const FcChar8 *format);
/* fcstr.c */
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrCopy (const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrCopyFilename (const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrPlus (const FcChar8 *s1, const FcChar8 *s2);
FcPublic void
FcStrFree (FcChar8 *s);
/* These are ASCII only, suitable only for pattern element names */
#define FcIsUpper(c) ((0101 <= (c) && (c) <= 0132))
#define FcIsLower(c) ((0141 <= (c) && (c) <= 0172))
#define FcToLower(c) (FcIsUpper(c) ? (c) - 0101 + 0141 : (c))
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrDowncase (const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic int
FcStrCmpIgnoreCase (const FcChar8 *s1, const FcChar8 *s2);
FcPublic int
FcStrCmp (const FcChar8 *s1, const FcChar8 *s2);
FcPublic const FcChar8 *
FcStrStrIgnoreCase (const FcChar8 *s1, const FcChar8 *s2);
FcPublic const FcChar8 *
FcStrStr (const FcChar8 *s1, const FcChar8 *s2);
FcPublic int
FcUtf8ToUcs4 (const FcChar8 *src_orig,
FcChar32 *dst,
int len);
FcPublic FcBool
FcUtf8Len (const FcChar8 *string,
int len,
int *nchar,
int *wchar);
#define FC_UTF8_MAX_LEN 6
FcPublic int
FcUcs4ToUtf8 (FcChar32 ucs4,
FcChar8 dest[FC_UTF8_MAX_LEN]);
FcPublic int
FcUtf16ToUcs4 (const FcChar8 *src_orig,
FcEndian endian,
FcChar32 *dst,
int len); /* in bytes */
FcPublic FcBool
FcUtf16Len (const FcChar8 *string,
FcEndian endian,
int len, /* in bytes */
int *nchar,
int *wchar);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrDirname (const FcChar8 *file);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrBasename (const FcChar8 *file);
FcPublic FcStrSet *
FcStrSetCreate (void);
FcPublic FcBool
FcStrSetMember (FcStrSet *set, const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic FcBool
FcStrSetEqual (FcStrSet *sa, FcStrSet *sb);
FcPublic FcBool
FcStrSetAdd (FcStrSet *set, const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic FcBool
FcStrSetAddFilename (FcStrSet *set, const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic FcBool
FcStrSetDel (FcStrSet *set, const FcChar8 *s);
FcPublic void
FcStrSetDestroy (FcStrSet *set);
FcPublic FcStrList *
FcStrListCreate (FcStrSet *set);
FcPublic FcChar8 *
FcStrListNext (FcStrList *list);
FcPublic void
FcStrListDone (FcStrList *list);
/* fcxml.c */
FcPublic FcBool
FcConfigParseAndLoad (FcConfig *config, const FcChar8 *file, FcBool complain);
_FCFUNCPROTOEND
#undef FC_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL
#ifndef _FCINT_H_
/*
* Deprecated functions are placed here to help users fix their code without
* digging through documentation
*/
#define FcConfigGetRescanInverval FcConfigGetRescanInverval_REPLACE_BY_FcConfigGetRescanInterval
#define FcConfigSetRescanInverval FcConfigSetRescanInverval_REPLACE_BY_FcConfigSetRescanInterval
#endif
#endif /* _FONTCONFIG_H_ */

477
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
View file

@ -1,477 +0,0 @@
/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.in */
/* */
/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and */
/* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
#define __FTCONFIG_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
/* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
/* does not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Preferred alignment of data */
#define FT_ALIGNMENT 8
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
#else
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* IntN types */
/* */
/* Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */
/* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#ifdef __STDC__
/* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode. */
/* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
/* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to */
/* replace the leading `/' with `#'. */
#undef FT_LONG64
#undef FT_INT64
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
/* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
/* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ )
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
static __inline__ FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 t, t2;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
"mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */
"add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */
"adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */
"adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */
"mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */
"orr %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
: "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
: "r"(a), "r"(b) );
return a;
}
#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ */
#if defined( __i386__ )
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
static __inline__ FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 result;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"imul %%edx\n"
"movl %%edx, %%ecx\n"
"sarl $31, %%ecx\n"
"addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
"addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
"adcl $0, %%edx\n"
"shrl $16, %%eax\n"
"shll $16, %%edx\n"
"addl %%edx, %%eax\n"
: "=a"(result), "+d"(b)
: "a"(a)
: "%ecx" );
return result;
}
#endif /* i386 */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
/* END */

780
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftheader.h
View file

@ -1,780 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
#define __FT_HEADER_H__
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_XFREE86_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
* X.Org X11 servers.
*/
#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
/* END */

20
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
View file

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */

733
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftoption.h
View file

@ -1,733 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, */
/* 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
#define __FTOPTION_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
/* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* */
/* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
/* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
/* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
/* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
/* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
/* */
/* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
/* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* DLL export compilation */
/* */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
/* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
/* declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
/* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
/* allow normal compilation. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
/* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */
/* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */
/* allocation of the render pool. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */
/* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */
/* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */
/* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */
/* is now deprecated. */
/* */
/* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */
/* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */
/* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */
/* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */
/* */
/* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */
/* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */
/* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */
/* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */
/* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */
/* */
/* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */
/* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */
/* when opening the FT_Face. */
/* */
/* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */
/* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */
/* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */
/* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */
/* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */
/* */
/* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Parameter parameter; */
/* FT_Open_Args open_args; */
/* */
/* */
/* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */
/* */
/* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */
/* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */
/* open_args.num_params = 1; */
/* open_args.params = &parameter; */
/* */
/* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */
/* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
/* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */
/* architectures. */
/* */
/* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
/* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html */
/* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/* */
/*
* Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
* structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in
* a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
* distributions.
*
* For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
* is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
* size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
/*
* To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7),
* we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of
* FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API
* takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index
* or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed
* the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very
* unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15.
*
* NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of
* cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not
* irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables,
* because variation selector subtables are available for Apple
* and Microsoft platforms.
*/
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15
#endif
/*
* This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
* hinting is requested by the definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
/* END */

173
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
View file

@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */
/* it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_atol atol
#define ft_labs labs
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
/* END */

3919
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

179
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftadvanc.h
View file

@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
#define __FTADVANC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */
/* units. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */
/* format. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */
/* units. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */
/* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
/* END */

94
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbbox.h
View file

@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
#define __FTBBOX_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

209
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbdf.h
View file

@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
#define __FTBDF_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
/* END */

227
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbitmap.h
View file

@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
#define __FTBITMAP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */
/* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
/* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
/* END */

1140
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftcache.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

103
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftchapters.h
View file

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

166
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftcid.h
View file

@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCID_H__
#define __FTCID_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
/* END */

244
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/fterrdef.h
View file

@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
/* including this file. */
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \
"array allocation size too large" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* END */

206
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/fterrors.h
View file

@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */
/* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */
/* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* I - Error Formats */
/* ----------------- */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType 2). You can then use the macro */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE macro to extract the generic error code from an */
/* FT_Error value. */
/* */
/* */
/* II - Error Message strings */
/* -------------------------- */
/* */
/* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */
/* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
/* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */
/* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */
/* them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file: */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */
/* (see below). */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. */
/* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */
/* `v' is the error numerical value. */
/* `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_XCAT
#undef FT_ERR_CAT
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_CONCAT
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX is needed for ftvalid.h */
#ifndef FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* END */

120
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftgasp.h
View file

@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
#define _FT_GASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
/* END */

613
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftglyph.h
View file

@ -1,613 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
#define __FTGLYPH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed float format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
/* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

358
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftgxval.h
View file

@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
#define __FTGXVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
/* END */

102
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftgzip.h
View file

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
#define __FTGZIP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
/* END */

1313
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftimage.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

353
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftincrem.h
View file

@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
#define __FTINCREM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
/* END */

213
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
View file

@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
* filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
* through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes
* which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
* cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might
* be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
*
* It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
* up to 3~pixels to the right.
*
* The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
* need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
* the filter.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
* (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
* 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
* any effect.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
/* END */

277
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftlist.h
View file

@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
#define __FTLIST_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
/* END */

99
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftlzw.h
View file

@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
#define __FTLZW_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
/* END */

274
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmac.h
View file

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
#define __FTMAC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name which is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
/* END */

378
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmm.h
View file

@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMM_H__
#define __FTMM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
/* number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* */
/* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */
/* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
/* END */

483
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmodapi.h
View file

@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
#define __FTMODAPI_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, and remove modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
* support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
*
* Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
* scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
* bad output for most other fonts.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
/* END */

155
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmoderr.h
View file

@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error offsets. */
/* */
/* The lower byte gives the error code, the higher byte gives the */
/* module. The base module has error offset 0. For example, the error */
/* `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x003, the error */
/* `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1103, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1203, etc. */
/* */
/* Undefine the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in ftoption.h */
/* to make the higher byte always zero (disabling the module error */
/* mechanism). */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* To use such a table, all errors must be ANDed with 0xFF00 to remove */
/* the error code. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
#define __FTMODERR_H__
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x300, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x400, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x500, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x600, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x700, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x800, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0x900, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xA00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xB00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xC00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xD00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xE00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0xF00, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1000, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1100, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1200, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1300, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1400, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* END */

203
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftotval.h
View file

@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
#define __FTOTVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
/* END */

537
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftoutln.h
View file

@ -1,537 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
#define __FTOUTLN_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximal number of points within the outline. */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximal number of contours within the outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox ot @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing
* the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
* within the outline.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

172
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftpfr.h
View file

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
#define __FTPFR_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
/* END */

230
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftrender.h
View file

@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
#define __FTRENDER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
/* END */

159
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsizes.h
View file

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
#define __FTSIZES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
/* END */

200
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsnames.h
View file

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
/* END */

716
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftstroke.h
View file

@ -1,716 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
#define __FT_STROKE_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines
* are extended until they intersect.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line
* break is added if the angle between the two joining lines
* is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes
* in beveled rendering).
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

80
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsynth.h
View file

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource which should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
#define __FTSYNTH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the metrics are estimates only; if you need */
/* precise values you should call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
/* END */

347
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsystem.h
View file

@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
/* END */

350
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/fttrigon.h
View file

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
#define __FTTRIGON_H__
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The address of angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The address of angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
/* END */

588
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/fttypes.h
View file

@ -1,588 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
#define __FTTYPES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed float format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Most FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
/* return base error code (without module-specific prefix) */
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
/* return module error code */
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
/* END */

274
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
View file

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
#define __FTWINFNT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
* in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is
* roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

83
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ftxf86.h
View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftxf86.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for X11. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
#define __FTXF86_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */
/* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
/* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */
/* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
/* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */

504
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/t1tables.h
View file

@ -1,504 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
#define __T1TABLES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
/*# never remove */
T1_BLEND_MAX
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* */
/*# backwards compatible definitions */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/* */
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
/* END */

1247
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ttnameid.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

759
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/tttables.h
View file

@ -1,759 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
#define __TTTABLES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
/* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
/* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
/* are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
/* the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
/* version 1.0. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
/* are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long */
/* table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an */
/* OS/2 table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */
/* 0xFFFF. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_Short fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 tables: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 tables: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
/* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
/* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
/* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
/* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
/* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
ft_sfnt_head = 0, /* TT_Header */
ft_sfnt_maxp = 1, /* TT_MaxProfile */
ft_sfnt_os2 = 2, /* TT_OS2 */
ft_sfnt_hhea = 3, /* TT_HoriHeader */
ft_sfnt_vhea = 4, /* TT_VertHeader */
ft_sfnt_post = 5, /* TT_Postscript */
ft_sfnt_pclt = 6, /* TT_PCLT */
sfnt_max /* internal end mark */
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @output:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table.
*
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* SFNT tables with length zero are treated as missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
/* language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
/* END */

107
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/tttags.h
View file

@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
#define __TTAGS_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
/* END */

59
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/freetype2/freetype/ttunpat.h
View file

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ttunpat.h */
/* */
/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
#define __TTUNPAT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
* that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
/* END */

61
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/ft2build.h
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used */
/* exclusively *after* installation of the library. */
/* */
/* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is */
/* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags' */
/* command) is in your compilation include path. */
/* */
/* We don't need to do anything special in this release. However, for */
/* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will */
/* be performed: */
/* */
/* - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
/* to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of */
/* `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'. */
/* */
/* - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead */
/* of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>. */
/* */
/* - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to */
/* replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'. */
/* */
/* - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
/* path will not be necessary anymore. */
/* */
/* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use */
/* freetype-config (or pkg-config). No modifications will be necessary */
/* to compile with the new scheme. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
/* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
/* END */

65
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/gail-1.0/gail/gailwidget.h
View file

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/* GAIL - The GNOME Accessibility Implementation Library
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#ifndef __GAIL_WIDGET_H__
#define __GAIL_WIDGET_H__
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GAIL_TYPE_WIDGET (gail_widget_get_type ())
#define GAIL_WIDGET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GAIL_TYPE_WIDGET, GailWidget))
#define GAIL_WIDGET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GAIL_TYPE_WIDGET, GailWidgetClass))
#define GAIL_IS_WIDGET(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GAIL_TYPE_WIDGET))
#define GAIL_IS_WIDGET_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GAIL_TYPE_WIDGET))
#define GAIL_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GAIL_TYPE_WIDGET, GailWidgetClass))
typedef struct _GailWidget GailWidget;
typedef struct _GailWidgetClass GailWidgetClass;
struct _GailWidget
{
GtkAccessible parent;
};
GType gail_widget_get_type (void);
struct _GailWidgetClass
{
GtkAccessibleClass parent_class;
/*
* Signal handler for notify signal on GTK widget
*/
void (*notify_gtk) (GObject *object,
GParamSpec *pspec);
/*
* Signal handler for focus_in_event and focus_out_event signal on GTK widget
*/
gboolean (*focus_gtk) (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
};
AtkObject* gail_widget_new (GtkWidget *widget);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* __GAIL_WIDGET_H__ */

2
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/gail-1.0/libgail-util/gail-util.h
View file

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
#include <libgail-util/gailmisc.h>
#include <libgail-util/gailtextutil.h>

82
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/gail-1.0/libgail-util/gailmisc.h
View file

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* GAIL - The GNOME Accessibility Implementation Library
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#ifndef __GAIL_MISC_H__
#define __GAIL_MISC_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <pango/pango.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
AtkAttributeSet* gail_misc_add_attribute (AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set,
AtkTextAttribute attr,
gchar *value);
AtkAttributeSet* gail_misc_layout_get_run_attributes
(AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set,
PangoLayout *layout,
gchar *text,
gint offset,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
AtkAttributeSet* gail_misc_get_default_attributes (AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set,
PangoLayout *layout,
GtkWidget *widget);
void gail_misc_get_extents_from_pango_rectangle
(GtkWidget *widget,
PangoRectangle *char_rect,
gint x_layout,
gint y_layout,
gint *x,
gint *y,
gint *width,
gint *height,
AtkCoordType coords);
gint gail_misc_get_index_at_point_in_layout
(GtkWidget *widget,
PangoLayout *layout,
gint x_layout,
gint y_layout,
gint x,
gint y,
AtkCoordType coords);
void gail_misc_get_origins (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *x_window,
gint *y_window,
gint *x_toplevel,
gint *y_toplevel);
AtkAttributeSet* gail_misc_add_to_attr_set (AtkAttributeSet *attrib_set,
GtkTextAttributes *attrs,
AtkTextAttribute attr);
AtkAttributeSet* gail_misc_buffer_get_run_attributes
(GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
gint offset,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /*__GAIL_MISC_H__ */

87
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/gail-1.0/libgail-util/gailtextutil.h
View file

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/* GAIL - The GNOME Accessibility Implementation Library
* Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#ifndef __GAIL_TEXT_UTIL_H__
#define __GAIL_TEXT_UTIL_H__
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GAIL_TYPE_TEXT_UTIL (gail_text_util_get_type ())
#define GAIL_TEXT_UTIL(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GAIL_TYPE_TEXT_UTIL, GailTextUtil))
#define GAIL_TEXT_UTIL_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GAIL_TYPE_TEXT_UTIL, GailTextUtilClass))
#define GAIL_IS_TEXT_UTIL(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GAIL_TYPE_TEXT_UTIL))
#define GAIL_IS_TEXT_UTIL_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GAIL_TYPE_TEXT_UTIL))
#define GAIL_TEXT_UTIL_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GAIL_TYPE_TEXT_UTIL, GailTextUtilClass))
/**
*GailOffsetType:
*@GAIL_BEFORE_OFFSET: Text before offset is required.
*@GAIL_AT_OFFSET: Text at offset is required,
*@GAIL_AFTER_OFFSET: Text after offset is required.
*
* Specifies which of the functions atk_text_get_text_before_offset(),
* atk_text_get_text_at_offset(), atk_text_get_text_after_offset() the
* function gail_text_util_get_text() is being called for.
**/
typedef enum
{
GAIL_BEFORE_OFFSET,
GAIL_AT_OFFSET,
GAIL_AFTER_OFFSET
}GailOffsetType;
typedef struct _GailTextUtil GailTextUtil;
typedef struct _GailTextUtilClass GailTextUtilClass;
struct _GailTextUtil
{
GObject parent;
GtkTextBuffer *buffer;
};
struct _GailTextUtilClass
{
GObjectClass parent_class;
};
GType gail_text_util_get_type (void);
GailTextUtil* gail_text_util_new (void);
void gail_text_util_text_setup (GailTextUtil *textutil,
const gchar *text);
void gail_text_util_buffer_setup (GailTextUtil *textutil,
GtkTextBuffer *buffer);
gchar* gail_text_util_get_text (GailTextUtil *textutil,
gpointer layout,
GailOffsetType function,
AtkTextBoundary boundary_type,
gint offset,
gint *start_offset,
gint *end_offset);
gchar* gail_text_util_get_substring (GailTextUtil *textutil,
gint start_pos,
gint end_pos);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /*__GAIL_TEXT_UTIL_H__ */

191
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/gdk-pixbuf-2.0/gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.h
View file

@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 8 -*- */
/* GdkPixbuf library - Animation support
*
* Copyright (C) 1999 The Free Software Foundation
*
* Authors: Mark Crichton <crichton@gimp.org>
* Miguel de Icaza <miguel@gnu.org>
* Federico Mena-Quintero <federico@gimp.org>
* Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(GDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (GDK_PIXBUF_H_INSIDE) && !defined (GDK_PIXBUF_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_H
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_H
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-core.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/* Animation support */
/**
* GdkPixbufAnimation:
*
* An opaque struct representing an animation.
*/
typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimation GdkPixbufAnimation;
/**
* GdkPixbufAnimationIter:
*
* An opaque struct representing an iterator which points to a
* certain position in an animation.
*/
typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimationIter GdkPixbufAnimationIter;
#define GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION (gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_type ())
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((object), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION, GdkPixbufAnimation))
#define GDK_IS_PIXBUF_ANIMATION(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((object), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION))
#define GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER (gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_type ())
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((object), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER, GdkPixbufAnimationIter))
#define GDK_IS_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((object), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER))
GType gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
#define gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file_utf8
#endif
GdkPixbufAnimation *gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file (const char *filename,
GError **error);
#ifndef GDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
GdkPixbufAnimation *gdk_pixbuf_animation_ref (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation);
void gdk_pixbuf_animation_unref (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation);
#endif
int gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation);
int gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_animation_is_static_image (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation);
GdkPixbufAnimationIter *gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_iter (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation,
const GTimeVal *start_time);
GType gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
int gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_on_currently_loading_frame (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter,
const GTimeVal *current_time);
#ifdef GDK_PIXBUF_ENABLE_BACKEND
/**
* GdkPixbufAnimationClass:
* @parent_class: the parent class
* @is_static_image: returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
* @get_static_image: returns a static image representing the given animation.
* @get_size: fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
* @get_iter: returns an iterator for the given animation.
*
* Modules supporting animations must derive a type from
* #GdkPixbufAnimation, providing suitable implementations of the
* virtual functions.
*/
typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimationClass GdkPixbufAnimationClass;
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION, GdkPixbufAnimationClass))
#define GDK_IS_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION))
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION, GdkPixbufAnimationClass))
/* Private part of the GdkPixbufAnimation structure */
struct _GdkPixbufAnimation {
GObject parent_instance;
};
struct _GdkPixbufAnimationClass {
GObjectClass parent_class;
/*< public >*/
gboolean (*is_static_image) (GdkPixbufAnimation *anim);
GdkPixbuf* (*get_static_image) (GdkPixbufAnimation *anim);
void (*get_size) (GdkPixbufAnimation *anim,
int *width,
int *height);
GdkPixbufAnimationIter* (*get_iter) (GdkPixbufAnimation *anim,
const GTimeVal *start_time);
};
/**
* GdkPixbufAnimationIterClass:
* @parent_class: the parent class
* @get_delay_time: returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
* should be shown.
* @get_pixbuf: returns the current frame.
* @on_currently_loading_frame: returns whether the current frame of @iter is
* being loaded.
* @advance: advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
* current frame.
*
* Modules supporting animations must derive a type from
* #GdkPixbufAnimationIter, providing suitable implementations of the
* virtual functions.
*/
typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimationIterClass GdkPixbufAnimationIterClass;
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER, GdkPixbufAnimationIterClass))
#define GDK_IS_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER))
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_ITER, GdkPixbufAnimationIterClass))
struct _GdkPixbufAnimationIter {
GObject parent_instance;
};
struct _GdkPixbufAnimationIterClass {
GObjectClass parent_class;
/*< public >*/
int (*get_delay_time) (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter);
GdkPixbuf* (*get_pixbuf) (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter);
gboolean (*on_currently_loading_frame) (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter);
gboolean (*advance) (GdkPixbufAnimationIter *iter,
const GTimeVal *current_time);
};
GType gdk_pixbuf_non_anim_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GdkPixbufAnimation* gdk_pixbuf_non_anim_new (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
#endif /* GDK_PIXBUF_ENABLE_BACKEND */
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* GDK_PIXBUF_ANIMATION_H */

462
src/gtk-win32-bundle/include/gdk-pixbuf-2.0/gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-core.h
View file

@ -1,462 +0,0 @@
/* GdkPixbuf library - GdkPixbuf data structure
*
* Copyright (C) 2003 The Free Software Foundation
*
* Authors: Mark Crichton <crichton@gimp.org>
* Miguel de Icaza <miguel@gnu.org>
* Federico Mena-Quintero <federico@gimp.org>
* Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#if defined(GDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES) && !defined (GDK_PIXBUF_H_INSIDE) && !defined (GDK_PIXBUF_COMPILATION)
#error "Only <gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.h> can be included directly."
#endif
#ifndef GDK_PIXBUF_CORE_H
#define GDK_PIXBUF_CORE_H
#include <glib.h>
#include <glib-object.h>
#include <gio/gio.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* SECTION:gdk-pixbuf
* @Short_description: Information that describes an image.
* @Title: The GdkPixbuf Structure
*
*
* The #GdkPixbuf structure contains
* information that describes an image in memory.
*
*
* <section id="image-data">
* <title>Image Data</title>
* <para>
* Image data in a pixbuf is stored in memory in uncompressed,
* packed format. Rows in the image are stored top to bottom, and
* in each row pixels are stored from left to right. There may be
* padding at the end of a row. The "rowstride" value of a pixbuf,
* as returned by gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(), indicates the number
* of bytes between rows.
*
*
* <example id="put-pixel">
* <title>put_pixel(<!-- -->) example</title>
* <para>
*
* The following code illustrates a simple put_pixel(<!-- -->)
* function for RGB pixbufs with 8 bits per channel with an alpha
* channel. It is not included in the gdk-pixbuf library for
* performance reasons; rather than making several function calls
* for each pixel, your own code can take shortcuts.
*
*
* <programlisting>
* static void
* put_pixel (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, int x, int y, guchar red, guchar green, guchar blue, guchar alpha)
* {
* int width, height, rowstride, n_channels;
* guchar *pixels, *p;
*
* n_channels = gdk_pixbuf_get_n_channels (pixbuf);
*
* g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace (pixbuf) == GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB);
* g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_sample (pixbuf) == 8);
* g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha (pixbuf));
* g_assert (n_channels == 4);
*
* width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width (pixbuf);
* height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height (pixbuf);
*
* g_assert (x >= 0 && x < width);
* g_assert (y >= 0 && y < height);
*
* rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (pixbuf);
* pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (pixbuf);
*
* p = pixels + y * rowstride + x * n_channels;
* p[0] = red;
* p[1] = green;
* p[2] = blue;
* p[3] = alpha;
* }
* </programlisting>
*
* This function will not work for pixbufs with images that are
* other than 8 bits per sample or channel, but it will work for
* most of the pixbufs that GTK+ uses.
* </para>
* </example>
*
* <note>
* If you are doing memcpy() of raw pixbuf data, note that the
* last row in the pixbuf may not be as wide as the full
* rowstride, but rather just as wide as the pixel data needs to
* be. That is, it is unsafe to do <literal>memcpy (dest,
* pixels, rowstride * height)</literal> to copy a whole pixbuf.
* Use gdk_pixbuf_copy() instead, or compute the width in bytes
* of the last row as <literal>width * ((n_channels *
* bits_per_sample + 7) / 8)</literal>.
* </note>
* </para>
* </section>
*/
/**
* GdkPixbufAlphaMode:
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL: A bilevel clipping mask (black and white)
* will be created and used to draw the image. Pixels below 0.5 opacity
* will be considered fully transparent, and all others will be
* considered fully opaque.
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_FULL: For now falls back to #GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL.
* In the future it will do full alpha compositing.
*
* These values can be passed to
* gdk_pixbuf_render_to_drawable_alpha() to control how the alpha
* channel of an image should be handled. This function can create a
* bilevel clipping mask (black and white) and use it while painting
* the image. In the future, when the X Window System gets an alpha
* channel extension, it will be possible to do full alpha
* compositing onto arbitrary drawables. For now both cases fall
* back to a bilevel clipping mask.
*/
typedef enum
{
GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL,
GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_FULL
} GdkPixbufAlphaMode;
/**
* GdkColorspace:
* @GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB: Indicates a red/green/blue additive color space.
*
* This enumeration defines the color spaces that are supported by
* the &gdk-pixbuf; library. Currently only RGB is supported.
*/
/* Note that these values are encoded in inline pixbufs
* as ints, so don't reorder them
*/
typedef enum {
GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB
} GdkColorspace;
/* All of these are opaque structures */
/**
* GdkPixbuf:
*
* This is the main structure in the &gdk-pixbuf; library. It is
* used to represent images. It contains information about the
* image's pixel data, its color space, bits per sample, width and
* height, and the rowstride (the number of bytes between the start of
* one row and the start of the next).
*/
typedef struct _GdkPixbuf GdkPixbuf;
#define GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF (gdk_pixbuf_get_type ())
#define GDK_PIXBUF(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((object), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF, GdkPixbuf))
#define GDK_IS_PIXBUF(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((object), GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF))
/**
* GdkPixbufDestroyNotify:
* @pixels: The pixel array of the pixbuf that is being finalized.
* @data: User closure data.
*
* A function of this type is responsible for freeing the pixel array
* of a pixbuf. The gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data() function lets you
* pass in a pre-allocated pixel array so that a pixbuf can be
* created from it; in this case you will need to pass in a function
* of #GdkPixbufDestroyNotify so that the pixel data can be freed
* when the pixbuf is finalized.
*/
typedef void (* GdkPixbufDestroyNotify) (guchar *pixels, gpointer data);
/**
* GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR:
*
* Error domain used for pixbuf operations. Indicates that the error code
* will be in the #GdkPixbufError enumeration. See #GError for
* information on error domains and error codes.
*/
#define GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR gdk_pixbuf_error_quark ()
/**
* GdkPixbufError:
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_CORRUPT_IMAGE: An image file was broken somehow.
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY: Not enough memory.
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_BAD_OPTION: A bad option was passed to a pixbuf save module.
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNKNOWN_TYPE: Unknown image type.
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION: Don't know how to perform the
* given operation on the type of image at hand.
* @GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_FAILED: Generic failure code, something went wrong.
*
* An error code in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR domain. Many &gdk-pixbuf;
* operations can cause errors in this domain, or in the #G_FILE_ERROR
* domain.
*/
typedef enum {
/* image data hosed */
GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_CORRUPT_IMAGE,
/* no mem to load image */
GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY,
/* bad option passed to save routine */
GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_BAD_OPTION,
/* unsupported image type (sort of an ENOSYS) */
GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNKNOWN_TYPE,
/* unsupported operation (load, save) for image type */
GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION,
GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_FAILED
} GdkPixbufError;
GQuark gdk_pixbuf_error_quark (void);
GType gdk_pixbuf_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
/* Reference counting */
#ifndef GDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_ref (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
void gdk_pixbuf_unref (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
#endif
/* GdkPixbuf accessors */
GdkColorspace gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
int gdk_pixbuf_get_n_channels (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
int gdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_sample (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
guchar *gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
int gdk_pixbuf_get_width (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
int gdk_pixbuf_get_height (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
int gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
/* Create a blank pixbuf with an optimal rowstride and a new buffer */
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new (GdkColorspace colorspace, gboolean has_alpha, int bits_per_sample,
int width, int height);
/* Copy a pixbuf */
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_copy (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
/* Create a pixbuf which points to the pixels of another pixbuf */
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_subpixbuf (GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf,
int src_x,
int src_y,
int width,
int height);
/* Simple loading */
#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
/* DLL ABI stability hack. */
#define gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_utf8
#define gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size_utf8
#define gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_scale gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_scale_utf8
#endif
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (const char *filename,
GError **error);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size (const char *filename,
int width,
int height,
GError **error);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_scale (const char *filename,
int width,
int height,
gboolean preserve_aspect_ratio,
GError **error);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data (const guchar *data,
GdkColorspace colorspace,
gboolean has_alpha,
int bits_per_sample,
int width, int height,
int rowstride,
GdkPixbufDestroyNotify destroy_fn,
gpointer destroy_fn_data);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data (const char **data);
GdkPixbuf* gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (gint data_length,
const guint8 *data,
gboolean copy_pixels,
GError **error);
/* Mutations */
void gdk_pixbuf_fill (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
guint32 pixel);
/* Saving */
#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
/* DLL ABI stability hack. */
#define gdk_pixbuf_save gdk_pixbuf_save_utf8
#define gdk_pixbuf_savev gdk_pixbuf_savev_utf8
#endif
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
const char *filename,
const char *type,
GError **error,
...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED;
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_savev (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
const char *filename,
const char *type,
char **option_keys,
char **option_values,
GError **error);
/* Saving to a callback function */
/**
* GdkPixbufSaveFunc:
* @buf: bytes to be written.
* @count: number of bytes in @buf.
* @error: (out): A location to return an error.
* @data: (closure): user data passed to gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback().
*
* Specifies the type of the function passed to
* gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback(). It is called once for each block of
* bytes that is "written" by gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback(). If
* successful it should return %TRUE. If an error occurs it should set
* @error and return %FALSE, in which case gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback()
* will fail with the same error.
*
* Since: 2.4
* Returns: %TRUE if successful, %FALSE (with @error set) if failed.
*/
typedef gboolean (*GdkPixbufSaveFunc) (const gchar *buf,
gsize count,
GError **error,
gpointer data);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
GdkPixbufSaveFunc save_func,
gpointer user_data,
const char *type,
GError **error,
...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED;
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
GdkPixbufSaveFunc save_func,
gpointer user_data,
const char *type,
char **option_keys,
char **option_values,
GError **error);
/* Saving into a newly allocated char array */
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
gchar **buffer,
gsize *buffer_size,
const char *type,
GError **error,
...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED;
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
gchar **buffer,
gsize *buffer_size,
const char *type,
char **option_keys,
char **option_values,
GError **error);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream (GInputStream *stream,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GError **error);
void gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_async (GInputStream *stream,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_finish (GAsyncResult *async_result,
GError **error);
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_at_scale (GInputStream *stream,
gint width,
gint height,
gboolean preserve_aspect_ratio,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GError **error);
void gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_at_scale_async (GInputStream *stream,
gint width,
gint height,
gboolean preserve_aspect_ratio,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
GOutputStream *stream,
const char *type,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GError **error,
...);
void gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream_async (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
GOutputStream *stream,
const gchar *type,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data,
...);
gboolean gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream_finish (GAsyncResult *async_result,
GError **error);
/* Adding an alpha channel */
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, gboolean substitute_color,
guchar r, guchar g, guchar b);
/* Copy an area of a pixbuf onto another one */
void gdk_pixbuf_copy_area (const GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf,
int src_x, int src_y,
int width, int height,
GdkPixbuf *dest_pixbuf,
int dest_x, int dest_y);
/* Brighten/darken and optionally make it pixelated-looking */
void gdk_pixbuf_saturate_and_pixelate (const GdkPixbuf *src,
GdkPixbuf *dest,
gfloat saturation,
gboolean pixelate);
/* Transform an image to agree with its embedded orientation option / tag */
GdkPixbuf *gdk_pixbuf_apply_embedded_orientation (GdkPixbuf *src);
const gchar * gdk_pixbuf_get_option (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
const gchar *key);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* GDK_PIXBUF_CORE_H */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more